外研版八年级上册英语课文电子版(全册)

合集下载

外研版八年级(上册)英语课文[全册]

外研版八年级(上册)英语课文[全册]

外研版八年级(上册)英语课文[全册] WORD格式整理版Module 1 How to learn EnglishUnit 1Let’stry to speak English as much as possible.Ms James: Welcome back, everyone! Today,we’regoing to talk about good ways tolearn English. Ready? Who has some advice?Lingling: We should always speak English in class.Ms James: Good!Let’stry to speak English as much as possible.Daming: Why not write down the mistakes in our notebooks?Ms good idea. Anddon’tforget to write down the correct answers next to the mistakes. What else?good idea to spell and pronounce new words aloud every day.Ms James: Thanks a lot, Lingling. How about listening to the radio?Lingling: Yes,that’sgood for our pronunciation too. But there are so many newword. Ms James: Youdon’tneed to understand every word. You just need to listen for key words and main ideas.same for reading. English sies are so interesting. I getto know a lot about the world through reading.Lingling: I think writing is also important. Whydon’twe try to find some English pen friends? We can write to them. Ms James: Excellent! I agree with you.Unit 2 You should ile at her!Send your questions to Diana, the Language Doc.Many students ask for advice about how to improve their English. Here are three basic questions.研究参考好帮手WORD格式整理版The first question is about understanding English films and songs. Li Hao from Hubei wrote,“Ilike watching English films and listening to English songs,but I can only understand a little. What can Ido?”Watching films and listening to songs are great way to learn English! Watchand listen several times, and guess the meaning of the new words. Each time youwill learn something new. I also advise you to talk about the films or songs with your friends.The second question is about speaking. Wang Fan from Jilin wrote,“Ou rschool has a teacher from the US. I am shy and I am afraid to speak to her. What should Ido?”You can say,“Hello!How areyou?”“Doyou likeChina?”These are good waysto start a conversation. And before you begin, you should ile at her! Rememberthis: Do not be shy. Just try.The third question is about vocabulary. Zhang Lei from Anhui wrote,“Iwrite down new words, but I forget them quickly. How can I rememberthem?”Do not worry. It is natural to forget new words! I suggest you write four or five words a day on pieces of paper and place them in your room. Read the words when you see them, and try to use them.Module 2 My home town and my countryUnit 1It’staller than many other buildings.Tony: Hey, Daming! How was your weekend?研究参考好帮手WORD格式整理版Daming: Pretty good! I went to Shenzhen.Daming: Well,it’son the coast near Hong Kong. It was a all village about thirty years ago, but todayit’sa very big city.Tony: Soit’sa newer city than Hong Kong?Daming: Yes,it’sa newer city. In fact, it only became important i n the 190s.It’sgetting bigger and busier. Some day it will become as busy as Hong Kong, I’msure.population of Shenzhen?ten million, I think.That’slarger than the population of many other cities in China. Its streets are much wider and cleaner too. I th ink it’sa beautiful city.to go to there one day.Daming: Remember to visit the Diwang Tower.It’staller than many other buildings in Shenzhen.Unit 2 Cambridge is a beautiful city in the east of England.Cambridge, London and EnglandBy Tony SmithI come from Cambridge, a beautiful city in the east of England. It is on theRiver Cam and has a population of about 120,000. My home is especially famous fo研究参考好帮手WORD格式整理版r its university. Many famous people studied here, such as Isaac Newton and Charles Darwin. There are lots of old buildings and churches to visit. Students andtourists enjoy trips along the river by boat.Cambridge is 0 kilometres from London. London is in the south of England andit is on the River Thames. It has a population of about seven and a half million, so it is bigger and busier than Cambridge. It is about 2,000 years old, and it is famous for Big Ben, Buckingham Palace and Tower Bridge.England itself is a part of an island, and you are always near the sea. The all villages and beaches on the coast are popular for holidays. Tourists like the areas of low and beautiful lakes in the north, and the hills and pretty villages in the south. Everywhere in England you will notice how green the countryside is.It is never very hot in summer or very cold in winter. So come and see Englandany time of the year, but bring an umbrella with you. You will need it most days.Module 3SportsUnit 1 Nothing is more exciting than playing tennis.Daming: Hey, Tony. Come and watch the football match on TV.研究参考好帮手WORD格式整理版Tony: OK.What’sthe score?Daming: Spain scored a minute ago.Tony: Wow!That’sfast!. Last week the match on TV was so boring because no one scored at all. So thisweek’atch is already more exciting.matter with you, Tony? You look tired.tired after lastnight’stennis match. And I hurt my knee. bad! Sit down and watch the match.It’ssafer than playingtennis.Betty: Yes, watching is not sure about that. Nothing is more relaxing too!Tony: Well,I’mnot sure about that. Nothing is more enjoyable than playing tennis.Betty: But you enjoyed watching the Olympics on TV, right?Tony: Yes, butthat’sbecause it was cheaper than buying tickets for all the games.Daming: And staying at home was easier than going to the stadium. Oh, look at that!Tony: Oh, he missed! Oh, bad luck!Daming: Never mind.There’sstill plenty of time for them to score.Unit2 This year we practice more carefully.研究参考好帮手WORD格式整理版Training hardBy Li DamingIt is Saturday tomorrow, but I am going to school. I am not goingfor lessons, but to play football. I am in our school team and we are going to play against another school next week. The practice starts at 10 am. We all arrive as early as we can so that we he time to warm up. We are training harder than usual because the other teambeat us last year. This year we want to do better.It is more difficult to practise in winter because the days are short and the weather is cold too. It gets dark earlier, so it is important not to be late for after-school practice.Our coach is pleased because we are playing better as a team st year we were sometimes careless when we passed the ball and welost to the other team in the final match. What a pity!This year we practise more carefully. That means we he a better chance of winning.The fan club has fewer people this year. We hope to play well sothat we he more fans to watch the matches. It is good to he ourfans around. They cheer us on loudly and we feel more confident to win the game.Module 4 Planes, ships, and trainsUnit1 He lives the farthest from schoolBetty: I was late for school today.Mum: Why? What happened?Betty: I took the bus. There was a road accident, and the traffic was very hey. But nobody was late, except me. Maybe I should go to school by taxi.most comfortable w ay, butit’salso the most expensi研究参考好帮手WORD格式整理版ve.Betty: Then what about going by bike?good choice, butit’sa bit dangerous.There’sso much traffic.Betty: But most of my clasates ride bikes, andit’squite safe. Don’tworry.I’llbe carefull.Mum: How does Tony go to school?Betty: He lives the farthest from school, so he takes the underground.Mum: And what about Lingling?Betty: Her home is the closest to school, so she walks.Mum: How about Daming?Betty: He goes by bus too, the same as me. Butit’sso crowded! Andthe traffic is hey.Mum: All right. You can ride your bike to school, but remember to becareful all the time.Unit2 What is the best way to trel?Question: What is the best way to trel from London to Amsterdam.I am planning to trel from London to Amsterdam. How long does the journey take and what is the best way to trel? Could you pleasetell me about the trains or ships to get there? The more information, the better. Thanks!Best answer: There are four ways to trel.A journey by train is more relaxing than by coach, but a lot more expensive. When you go by train, buy your ticket a long time before you trel. It is usually cheaper.You can go by car and by ship across the North Sea. This is the most comfortable way to trelbut also the most expensive. Book your ticket before you book yourhotel. Remember that parking in Amsterdam is very expensive, so stayoutside the city centre and trel in by bus or by train.The third choice is by coach. This is usually the cheapest, butin summer the coaches sometimes get crowded! And it takes you abouttwelve hours to get there. However, it will not cost as much as going by train.研究参考好帮手WORD格式整理版Finally, you can fly. It is the fas and the second cheapest, but you may he to wait for hours at the airport because of bad weather.Well, I hope this helps! He a great trip.Module 5 Lao She TeahouseUnit 1 I wanted to see the Beijing Opera.Listen and readBetty: Lingling and I went to Lao She Teahouse last night.Tony: How was it?Betty: It was great! You know, I wanted to see Beijing Opera, so Lingling offered to take me there. We drank tea and watched an opera.Tony: Did you understand the opera?Betty: No, it was difficult to understand the words. But the acsand actress were excellent.Tony: How long did you stay?Betty: We only planned to watch for an hour, but in the end, we stayed for three hours.Tony: Did you enjoyed it?Betty: Well, it was interesting---that’sthe main thing. I hope tounderstand more next time.Tony: Do you often go to see Beijing Opera, Lingling?Lingling: No, Idon’t.I wanted to take Betty to the teahouse becauseit’sfamous.Tony: Who is Lao She? Betty: No idea. Ask Lingling.Lingling: Lao She is a great writer.He’sespecially famous for hisplay Teahouse.研究参考好帮手WORD格式整理版Unit 2 It describes the changes in Chinese society.2 Read the passage and match the heading with the paragraphs.a) Lao She Teahouseb)The Sy of Teahousec)Lao She1Teahouse is one of LaoShe’ost famous plays. He wrote it in1957. The play has three acts and shows the lives of common people in China from the end of the nineth century to the middle of twentieth century. It tells us the sy of Wang Lifa and the customersof his teahouse in Beijing. It describes the changes in Chinese society over fifty years around the beginning of the twentieth century.2Lao She was born in Beijing in 199. His mother sent him to a teacher’sschool in 1913. After finishing school in 191, he became ahead teacher of a primary school. In 1924 Lao She left home and went to England. He taught Chinese at a college in London andreturnedto China five years later. He wrote many plays, novels and short sies aboutpeople’slives, and was named“thePeople’sArtist”.Lao She is one of the grea Chinese writers of the twentieth century.3At Lao She Teahouse today, customers can drink tea and eat delicious Beijing food. If you like the Beijing Opera, traditional musicor magic shows, you can enjoy them at the teahouse. Lao She Teahousegives a warm welcome to everyone from all over the world.Module 6 Animals in dangerUnit 1 It allows people to get closer to them.Listen and read(Lingling and Betty are leing the zoo)Lingling: Did you like the zoo?Betty: Yes! I saw the pandas at last! But I am more interested to see the pandas in the Wolong Panda Reserve, because it allows people研究参考好帮手WORD格式整理版to get closer to them.to think of the pandas and other animals in danger.Betty: We need to protect them better.Lingling: Yes, Many wild animalsdon’the a safe place to live, because villages and farms are growing bigger and are taking away their land and forests.Betty: Also, often thereisn’tenough clean water, becausewe’vemade it dirty. I think we all need to help animals live in peace. Look,there’sa notice.Lingling: Itsays,“Help!We wa nt to se animals in danger, and weneed yourhelp.”Betty: But what can we do?Lingling: Itsays,“Yourmoney pays to look after theanimals.”Thatmeans we can give money to help protect the animals.Betty: Maybe we can raise some money at school.Let’sfind out what else we can do to se as many animals as possible.Unit 2 The WWF is working hard to se them all.2 Read the passage and match the heading with the paragraphs.a)Nature parks for pandasb) WWF And animals in dangerc) Thepanda’shomed) An animal in danger1Pandas are in danger. There are only about 1,600 pandas living in the wild today. Zoos and research centres are looking after about340 pandas. Pandas do not he many babies, and baby pandas often die. The situation is getting very difficult. Scientist are doing a lot of research to help pandas produce more babies and help baby pandas live.2Pandas live in the forests and mountains of Southwest China. Each panda needs to eat a lot of bamboo every day. The bamboo forests a研究参考好帮手WORD格式整理版re getting aller, so pandas are losing their home. And there are not many pandas left.3In order to protect pandas in the wild, the government is setting up nature parks and developing other plans. The nature parks willbe big and there will be more bamboo to feed the pandas. Pandas bornin zoos may go back to live in the nature parks.4The World Wild Fund for Nature (WWF) wants to protect all animals. And it chose the panda to be its symbol. We do not want to lose tigers, elephants, or any other animals, so the WWF is working hard to se them all.Module7 A famous syUnit1 Alice was sitting with her sister by the river.Tony: Hi,Lingling!Lingling: Ssh!I’mreading.Tony: Sorry!What’sthe book about?a girl called Alice. One day, Alice was sitting with her sister by the river and she saw a white rabbit with a watch. It ran past.Tony: Why was it running? Lingling: Because it was late. Tony: And where was it going?Lingling: To see the Queen of Hearts. Alice followed it and fell down a hole in the ground.Tony: Yes! Then she saw the Cheshire Cat. It was sitting in a tree and iling at everyone.Lingling: Then Alice arrived at the MarchHare’shouse. He was sitting with the Mad Hatter and a mouse. They were hing a tea party in the garden.Tony: And then Alice met the Queen of Hearts. She was playing a strange game!研究参考好帮手WORD格式整理版Lingling: Do you already know the book?Tony: Yes,It’sAlice’sAdventures in Wonderland. Everyone in Britain knows the sy.Lingling: Then why did you ask me all those questions?Tony: To see if you remember the sy! Haha….U2 She was thinking about her cat.Alice was sitting with her sister by the river and her sister was reading a book. Alice had nothing to do. Once or twice she lookedinto hersister’abook.“Andwhat is a bookfor,”though tAlice,”withoutpictures orconversations?”Suddenly a white rabbit withpink eyes ran by.There was nothing strange about that. She heard the rabbit say,“Ohdear! Oh dear!I’llbelate!”and she did not think it was strange. Then the rabbit took a watch out of its pocket and looked atit. A rabbit with a pocket and a watch. Alice got up and ran acrossthe field after it. She saw it go down a large rabbit hole in the ground.Then Alice went down after it, but never thought about how shewas going to get out again. She found that she was falling down a very, very deep hole. It was too dark for her to see anything. She wasfalling for a long time. While she was falling, she was thinking about her cat, Dinah. Suddenly she landed on some drylees…ModuleUnit1 while the lights were changing to red ,a car suddenly appearedBetty: Good morning, Ms James! You look pale. Are you all right?Ms James: Im OK, but I saw an accident. A boy was riding his bike and listening to music on the road.Daming: That’s very dangerous!研究参考好帮手WORD格式整理版Ms James: I was waiting to cross the road. While the lights were changing to red, a car suddenly appeared round the corner. Itwasn’tgoing fast, but itdidn’tstop.Lingling: Did the boy stop?Ms James: No. And the driver was talking on his mobile phone.Betty: So did the car hit the boy?Ms James: No,I’mglad to say. The car stopped just in time, but the boy fell off his bike and hurt his knee.Tony: That’s too bad.Ms James: So when youre on your bike, think about the risk of an accident! Pay attention, stop at the red lights and…..what else?Betty: Don’t ride too fastDaming : Don’t ride side by side with your friends.All: Don’t listen to music!Unite 2One day, when Henry was working in a restaurant, a snake suddenlyappeared and bit his hand. A few days earlier, the snake arrivedfrom Asia in a box of bananas. It climbed out and hid somewhere.“I was trying to pick it up when it bit me again. I threw itacross the kitchen, and it landed on atable.’’While the snake was lying on the table, Henry quickly picked up his mobile phone and took a photo with it. Then the snake hid behind the fridge When Henry was trying to find the snake,his hand began to hurt badly. He hurried to hospital. As the docs were checking him, the pain got worse .But they could not help him because they did not know what kind of snake bit him.As he was lying there in great pain, Henry suddenly rememberedthe photo. The docs sent the photo to a zoo. As soon as they learnt what kind of snake bit him, they ge Henry the right medicineand he left hospital the next day.“So if a snake bites you, take out your mobile phone or camera. Take its photo, and show the photo to the docs‘’,suggests Henry.“But as you know, the snake won’t ile!”研究参考好帮手WORD格式整理版Module 9 PopulationUnit1 the population of China is about 1.37 billionBetty: What are you doing?some notes for a report called“Ourgrowing population.”Lingling: Well, were in the right place to talk about that! Beijingis a huge city with a big population that causes a lot of problems,such as too much traffic and noise.Betty: Its not only Beijing. Population increase is a big problem inmany countries. Do you know how many babies are born every minute in the world?Tony: No. Can you tell me?Betty: Over 250! That makes over 131.4 million births a yearLingling: I can’t believe it!Betty: The population of China is about 1.37 billion. Thats almost one fifth of the world’s population, that is, about 7 billion.Tony: Hang on a minute!I’llwrite that down too!Betty: But in the future, Chinas population wont grow so fast, because families are getting aller.Lingling: How do you know all this?Betty: I wrote my report yesterday!Tony: Great, thanks! Now I can write my report!Unit 2Jo is fif and lives in Parkville.WhenJo’sgrandparents first came to Parkville, it was a quietvillage. They had a all house. Close to fields md hills. Parkville was near Arnwick, a city with 200,000 people. People from Parkville moved to Armwick to find jobs. And they needed places to live.However, it was expensive to live in the city centre, so the gover研究参考好帮手WORD格式整理版nment built flats outside the centre. Soon, Parkville became partof Arnwick.And Arnwick became a city with over a million people. Jo’sfamily lives in one of those flats. It is very crowded, and rubbish is also a problem.The all local school in Parkville closed down five years ago, soJo now has to go to a school in Arnwick with 2,000 pupils. It takesan hour to get there by bus. There is a lot of traffic and pollution. It is clear that Arnwick needs more schools, buses and hospitals. It needs fresh air clean water and better public services.It also needs more police to protect its people. But to do all these things, it needs more money.However, can money help solve all these problems?Do we need more big cities like this? In fact, this is just a sy. In fact, this is just a sy.But it describes what is happening all over the world. Could it be your town some day?Module 10 The weatherUnit 1 It might snowBetty: Hey, boys!Tony: Hi, Betty. Hi, Lingling, Where are you going?to the park to skate,There’sthick ice on thelake, Are you coming with US?Tony: Are you joking? It’s really cold today.Daming: And it’s cloudy too so it might snow.Lingling: What’s the temperature?minus eight and minus two degrees! Winter is colder here than i England.Daming: Is it snowy in England in December?Tony: Not usually, although this year it snowed quite a lot, Most Decembers are we and rainy.Daming: What’s the weather like in America in winter, Betty?研究参考好帮手WORD格式整理版Betty: We he cold winters and hot summers.It’ssnowy in New Yorkin winter.Tony: Sounds great ! I like sunny weather, and I like snow as well.But Idon’tlike showers or windy weather.Betty: Me neither, Rainy weather is terrible! I wish I were in Australia now,It’sProbably sunny and hot there.Lingling: You can go to Hainan lsland if you like sunny weather.Betty: One day I will.Lingling: Come on, better get going! We can skate in the park and get warm.Unit 2 The weather is fine all year round.The US is a very big country.It is about 3,000 miles from the east coast to the west coast, sochoose carefully the places to see and the time to go. Bring a mapbecause you may want to trel around. New York andWashington D.C.are good places to visit in May or October, but in winter there isa lot of snow.The best time to visit New England is in September.The weather gets cooler, and the green lees start to turn gold,then brown. Bring your camera so you can take photos of the autumntrees.California is on the Pacific coast, and the weather is fine all year round.Take your swimming clothes because you might want togo swimming in the sea, even in December.In Seattle, in the northwest, it is not very cold but it rains a lot, so bring an umbrella.In Alaska the days are long and warm in summer, but may be cool in the evening. In winter, Alaska can be very very cold. If you want to visit Alaska, you had better go in summer.Do not forget to bring a warm sweater with you.In Texas and the southeast, it is usually very hot and sunny compared to other places.There are sms from time to time in summer and autumn.So when is the best time to visit the US? Any time you like!研究参考好帮手WORD格式整理版Module 11 Way of lifeUnit 1 In China, we open a gift laterBetty: Happy birthday, Lingling.Daming: Here’s your gift.Lingling: Oh, you remembered! What a surprise!Tony: You can open it!Lingling: I don’t think I should open it now. In China, we open a gift later.Betty: But back in the US, we open a gift immediately.Lingling: So what do I do?Betty: You needn’t wait!(Lingling opens her present and finds a dictionary.)Lingling: Oh, thank you. I really wanted one.Betty: We’re happy you like it.Tony: I noticed another difference. In China, you accept a gift withboth h ands. But in the West, we usuallydon’tpay much attention to that.to know all the Chinesetraditions. Tell me more.Lingling: There are a lot. For example, in my home town, people sayyoumustn’tdo any cleaning on the first day of the Spring Festival. And yo umustn’tbreak anything.It’sbad luck!Daming: You must only use red paper for hongbao because red means luck. Andyou’dbetter not cut your hair during the Spring Festival month.Daming: And in the north of China, people eat lots of jiaozi!Betty: Perfect! They taste great.Tony: I like eating jiaozi too. Anyway, the Spring Festival is still over a month away. Let’s celebrate Lingling’s birthday first!研究参考好帮手WORD格式整理版Unit 2 In England you usually drink tea with milk.My experiences in England. I went to England last year. I enjoyed my stay, and I noticed something interesting with the English wayof life.For example, you must say Mr or Mrs when you meet someone for the first time. When you get to know each other better or when they ask you to, you can just use their first names.One day we visited some friends and had afternoon tea together. Afternoon tea is not just a drink but a light meal at around 4 pm.Weate sandwiches and a large fruit cake.In England you usually drink tea with milk.So I tried to drink teawith milk too.Fish and chips is the traditional food in England. You can buy it and eat it in special fish and chip shops on the high street, or you can take it away and eat it with your fingers. It is delicious!At the bus stop you must not push your way onto the bus.You need to stand in a line behind the other people and wait your turn.Sometimes people are slow to get on the bus.Once I noticed a gentleman touch a young man on the shoulder, ile politely and say,“Excuseme! Are you waiting for thisbus?”Hewas really polite.Module 12 HelpUnit1 What should we do before help arrives?Ms James: This mornings class is about first aid, or giving someone basic medical help. Let’s imagine an accident. A boy is lying at the bottom of the stairs. He isn’t moving or making asound. He is in pain. What can we do to help him? Betty: First of all, find out what’s wrong with him.Ms James: How do we do that?Betty: Ask him.Ms James: Ok. But he could he trouble hearing you or speaking toyou.研究参考好帮手WORD格式整理版Lingling: Shout for help? Call 120?Ms James: Good idea, but what should we do before help arrives?Tony: Make him comfortable.Ms James: And how can we do that?Tony: Lift him up and sit him on a chair?Ms James: No, that could be harmful! You could drop him and hurt himeven more. Betty, you must know! You did some basic medical training.Betty: Make sure he’s warm. Cover him with a coat.Ms James: That’s such good advice that you could be a doc, Betty!Unit 2 Stay away from windows and hey furniture.What to do in an earthquakeEarthquakes always happen suddenly, so it is difficult to warn people about them.Usually people he little or no idea about what to do during an earthquake, so here is some advice. Inside Do not jump out of high buildings. Hide under a table. Stay away from windows and hey furniture. Keep clear of fires. Lee the building quickly when the ground stops shaking, but do not use the lift.Keep calm, especially when youare with other people. Be bre and be helpful.Outside Move away from buildings, because parts of a building may fall on you. Do not stand near street lights or under power lines.Stay away from bridges and trees. If you are in a bus or car, stayin it.In the mountains, be careful of falling rocks.On a beach, runaway from the sea and move quickly to higher ground.In short, follow what you learnt in school. You can be safe and you can also help se others。

外研版八年级上册电子版课文(中英版本)

外研版八年级上册电子版课文(中英版本)

初二上册Module 1 How to learn EnglishUnit 1 Let’s try to speak English as much as possible.让我们尽可能多地讲英语同学们,欢迎回来!Welcome back, everyone!今天,我们打算谈论一下学习英语的好方法。

Today, we’re going to talk about good ways to learn English. 准备好了吗?Ready?谁有一些建议?Who has some advice?在课堂上我们应该总是讲英语。

We should always speak English in class.好!让我们尽可能多地讲英语。

Good! Let's try to speak English as much as possible.为什么不在我们的笔记本上记下错误呢?Why not write down the mistakes in our notebooks?那是个好主意,而且不要忘记在错误旁边写上正确的答案。

还有其他的什么吗?That’s a good idea. And don’t forget to write down the correct answers next to the mistakes. What else?每天大声拼读生词是一个好主意。

It’s a good idea to spell and pronounce new words aloud every day.非常感谢你,玲玲。

听广播怎么样?Thanks a lot, Lingling. How about listening to the radio?是的,那也有益于我们的发音。

但有很多生词。

Yes, that’s good for our pronunciation too. But there are so many new words.你们不必理解每个单词(的含义)。

外研版八年级上册英语课文电子版(全册)

外研版八年级上册英语课文电子版(全册)

Module 1 How to learn EnglishUnit 1 Let’s try to speak English as much as possible.Ms James: Welcome back, everyone! Today, we’re going to talk about good ways to learn English. Ready? Who has some advice?Lingling: We should always speak English in class.Ms James: Good! Let’s try to speak English as much as possible.Daming: Why not write down the mistakes in our notebooks?Ms James: That’s a good idea. And don’t forget to write down the correct answers next to the mistak es. What else?Lingling: It’s a good idea to spell and pronounce new words aloud every day.Ms James: Thanks a lot, Lingling. How about listening to the radio?Lingling: Yes, that’s good for our pronunciation too. But there are so many new word. Ms James: Y ou don’t need to understand every word. You just need to listen for key words and main ideas. Daming: That’s the same for reading. English stories are so interesting. I get to know a lot about the world through reading.Lingling: I think writing is also important. Why don’t we try to find some English pen friends? We can write to them. Ms James: Excellent! I agree with you.Unit 2 You should smile at her!Send your questions to Diana, the Language Doctor.Many students ask for advice about how to improve their English. Here are three basic questions. The first question is about understanding English films and songs. Li Hao from Hubei wrote, “I li ke watching English films and listening to English songs, but I can only understand a little. What ca n I do?”Watching films and listening to songs are great way to learn English! Watch and listen several tim es, and guess the meaning of the new words. Each time you will learn something new. I also advise you to talk about the films or songs with your friends.The second question is about speaking. Wang Fan from Jilin wrote, “Our school has a teacher fro m the US. I am shy and I am afraid to speak to her. What should I do?”You can say, “Hello! How are you?”“Do you like China?” These are good ways to start a conversat ion. And before you begin, you should smile at her! Remember this: Do not be shy. Just try.The third question is about vocabulary. Zhang Lei from Anhui wrote, “I write down new words, but I forget them quickly. How can I remember them?”Do not worry. It is natural to forget new words! I suggest you write four or five words a day on piec es of paper and place them in your room. Read the words when you see them, and try to use them. Module 2 My home town and my countryUnit 1 It’s taller than many other buildings.Tony: Hey, Daming! How was your weekend?Daming: Pretty good! I went to Shenzhen.Tony: Where’s Shenzhen?Daming: Well, it’s on the coast near Hong Kong. It was a small village about thirty years ago, but to day it’s a very big city.Tony: So it’s a newer city than Hong Kong?Daming: Yes, it’s a newer city. In fact, it only became important in the 1980s.It’s getting bigger and busier. Some day it will become as busy as Hong Kong, I’m sure.Tony: What’s the population of Shenzhen?Daming: It’s over ten million, I think. That’s larger than the population of many other cities in Chin a. Its streets are much wider and cleaner too. I think it’s a beautiful city.Tony: I’d like to go to there one day.Daming: Remember to visit the Diwang Tower. It’s taller than many other buildings in Shenzhen.Unit 2 Cambridge is a beautiful city in the east of England.Cambridge, London and EnglandBy Tony SmithI come from Cambridge, a beautiful city in the east of England. It is on the River Cam and has a population of about 120,000. My home is especially famous for its university. Many famous people studied here, such as Isaac Newton and Charles Darwin. There are lots of old buildings and church es to visit. Students and tourists enjoy trips along the river by boat.Cambridge is 80 kilometres from London. London is in the south of England and it is on the Riv er Thames. It has a population of about seven and a half million, so it is bigger and busier than Cam bridge. It is about 2,000 years old, and it is famous for Big Ben, Buckingham Palace and Tower Bri dge.England itself is a part of an island, and you are always near the sea. The small villages and bea ches on the coast are popular for holidays. Tourists like the areas of low and beautiful lakes in the n orth, and the hills and pretty villages in the south. Everywhere in England you will notice how gree n the countryside is.It is never very hot in summer or very cold in winter. So come and see England any time of the ye ar, but bring an umbrella with you. You will need it most days.Module 3 SportsUnit 1 Nothing is more exciting than playing tennis.Daming: Hey, Tony. Come and watch the football match on TV.Tony: OK. What’s the score?Daming: Spain scored a minute ago.Tony: Wow! That’s fast!Daming: That’s right. Last week the match on TV was so boring because no one scored at all. So thi s week’s match is already more exciting.Betty: What’s the matter with you, Tony? You look tired.Tony: I’m really tired after last night’s tennis match. And I hurt my knee.Daming: That’s too bad! Sit down and watch the match. It’s safer than playing tennis.Betty: Yes, watching is not sure about that. Nothing is more relaxing too!Tony: Well, I’m not sure about that. Nothing is more enjoyable than playing tennis.Betty: But you enjoyed watching the Olympics on TV, right?Tony: Yes, but that’s because it was cheaper than buying tickets for all the games.Daming: And staying at home was easier than going to the stadium. Oh, look at that!Tony: Oh, he missed! Oh, bad luck!Daming: Never mind. There’s still plenty of time for them to score.Unit2 This year we practice more carefully.Training hardBy Li Daming It is Saturday tomorrow, but I am going to school. I am not going for lessons, but to play football. I am in our school team and we are going to play against another sch ool next week. The practice starts at 10 am. We all arrive as early as we can so that w e have time to warm up. We are training harder than usual because the other team bea t us last year. This year we want to do better.It is more difficult to practise in winter because the days are short and the weather is cold too. It gets dark earlier, so it is important not to be late for after-school practic e.Our coach is pleased because we are playing better as a team now. Last year we w ere sometimes careless when we passed the ball and we lost to the other team in the fi nal match. What a pity! This year we practise more carefully. That means we have a b etter chance of winning.The fan club has fewer people this year. We hope to play well so that we have mo re fans to watch the matches. It is good to have our fans around. They cheer us on lou dly and we feel more confident to win the game.Module 4 Planes, ships, and trainsUnit1 He lives the farthest from schoolBetty: I was late for school today.Mum: Why? What happened?Betty: I took the bus. There was a road accident, and the traffic was very heavy. But n obody was late, except me. Maybe I should go to school by taxi.Mum: It’s the most comfortable way, but it’s also the most expensive.Betty: Then what about going by bike?Mum: That’s a good choice, but it’s a bit dangerous. There’s so much traffic. Betty: But most of my classmates ride bikes, and it’s quite safe. Don’t worry. I’ll be c arefull.Mum: How does Tony go to school?Betty: He lives the farthest from school, so he takes the underground.Mum: And what about Lingling?Betty: Her home is the closest to school, so she walks.Mum: How about Daming?Betty: He goes by bus too, the same as me. But it’s so crowded! And the traffic is hea vy.Mum: All right. You can ride your bike to school, but remember to be careful all the ti me.Unit2 What is the best way to travel?Question: What is the best way to travel from London to Amsterdam.I am planning to travel from London to Amsterdam. How long does the journey ta ke and what is the best way to travel? Could you please tell me about the trains or shi ps to get there? The more information, the better. Thanks!Best answer: There are four ways to travel.A journey by train is more relaxing than by coach, but a lot more expensive. When you go by train, buy your ticket a long time before you travel. It is usually cheaper.You can go by car and by ship across the North Sea. This is the most comfortable way to travel but also the most expensive. Book your ticket before you book your hot el. Remember that parking in Amsterdam is very expensive, so stay outside the city c entre and travel in by bus or by train.The third choice is by coach. This is usually the cheapest, but in summer the coach es sometimes get crowded! And it takes you about twelve hours to get there. However , it will not cost as much as going by train.Finally, you can fly. It is the fastest and the second cheapest, but you may have to wait for hours at the airport because of bad weather.Well, I hope this helps! Have a great trip.Module 5 Lao She TeahouseUnit 1 I wanted to see the Beijing Opera.Listen and readBetty: Lingling and I went to Lao She Teahouse last night.Tony: How was it?Betty: It was great! You know, I wanted to see Beijing Opera, so Lingling offered to t ake me there. We drank tea and watched an opera.Tony: Did you understand the opera?Betty: No, it was difficult to understand the words. But the actors and actress were ex cellent.Tony: How long did you stay?Betty: We only planned to watch for an hour, but in the end, we stayed for three hour s.Tony: Did you enjoyed it?Betty: Well, it was interesting---that’s the main thing. I hope to understand more next time.Tony: Do you often go to see Beijing Opera, Lingling?Lingling: No, I don’t. I wanted to take Betty to the teahouse because it’s famous. Tony: Who is Lao She? Betty: No idea. Ask Lingling.Lingling: Lao She is a great writer. He’s especially famous for his play Teahouse.Unit 2 It describes the changes in Chinese society.2 Read the passage and match the heading with the paragraphs.a) Lao She Teahouseb)The Story of Teahousec)Lao She1Teahouse is one of Lao She’s most famous plays. He wrote it in 1957. The play has three acts and shows the lives of common people in China from the end of the nin eteenth century to the middle of twentieth century. It tells us the story of Wang Lifa a nd the customers of his teahouse in Beijing. It describes the changes in Chinese societ y over fifty years around the beginning of the twentieth century.2Lao She was born in Beijing in 1899. His mother sent him to a teacher’s school i n 1913. After finishing school in 1918, he became a head teacher of a primary school. In 1924 Lao She left home and went to England. He taught Chinese at a college in L ondon and returned to China five years later. He wrote many plays, novels and short s tories about people’s lives, and was named “the People’s Artist”. Lao She is one of the greatest Chinese writers of the twentieth century.3At Lao She Teahouse today, customers can drink tea and eat delicious Beijing fo od. If you like the Beijing Opera, traditional music or magic shows, you can enjoy the m at the teahouse. Lao She Teahouse gives a warm welcome to everyone from all ove r the world.Module 6 Animals in dangerUnit 1 It allows people to get closer to them.Listen and read(Lingling and Betty are leaving the zoo)Lingling: Did you like the zoo?Betty: Yes! I saw the pandas at last! But I am more interested to see the pandas in the Wolong Panda Reserve, because it allows people to get closer to them.Lingling: It’s sad to think of the pandas and other animals in danger.Betty: We need to protect them better.Lingling: Yes, Many wild animals don’t have a safe place to live, because villages and farms are growing bigger and are taking away their land and forests.Betty: Also, often there isn’t enough clean water, because we’ve made it dirty. I think we all need to help animals live in peace. Look, there’s a notice.Lingling: It says,“Help! We want to save animals in danger, and we need your help.”Betty: But what can we do?Lingling: It says,“Your money pays to look after the animals.”That means we can giv e money to help protect the animals.Betty: Maybe we can raise some money at school. Let’s find out what else we can do to save as many animals as possible.Unit 2 The WWF is working hard to save them all.2 Read the passage and match the heading with the paragraphs.a)Nature parks for pandasb) WWF And animals in dangerc) The panda’s homed) An animal in danger1Pandas are in danger. There are only about 1,600 pandas living in the wild today. Zoos and research centres are looking after about 340 pandas. Pandas do not have m any babies, and baby pandas often die. The situation is getting very difficult. Scientist are doing a lot of research to help pandas produce more babies and help baby pandas live.2Pandas live in the forests and mountains of Southwest China. Each panda needs to eat a lot of bamboo every day. The bamboo forests are getting smaller, so pandas are losing their home. And there are not many pandas left.3In order to protect pandas in the wild, the government is setting up nature parks and developing other plans. The nature parks will be big and there will be more bamb oo to feed the pandas. Pandas born in zoos may go back to live in the nature parks.4The World Wild Fund for Nature (WWF) wants to protect all animals. And it cho se the panda to be its symbol. We do not want to lose tigers, elephants, or any other a nimals, so the WWF is working hard to save them all.Module7 A famous storyUnit1 Alice was sitting with her sister by the river.Tony: Hi,Lingling!Lingling: Ssh! I’m reading.Tony: Sorry! What’s the book about?Lingling: It’s about a girl called Alice. One day, Alice was sitting with her sister by the river and she saw a white rabbit with a watch. It ran past.Tony: Why was it running? Lingling: Because it was late. Tony: And where was it goi ng?Lingling: To see the Queen of Hearts. Alice followed it and fell down a hole in the ground.Tony: Yes! Then she saw the Cheshire Cat. It was sitting in a tree and smiling at ever yone.Lingling: Then Alice arrived at the March Hare’s house. He was sitting with the Mad Hatter and a mouse. They were having a tea party in the garden.Tony: And then Alice met the Queen of Hearts. She was playing a strange game!Lingling: Do you already know the book?Tony: Yes, It’s Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland. Everyone in Britain knows the stor y.Lingling: Then why did you ask me all those questions?Tony: To see if you remember the story! Ha ha….U2 She was thinking about her cat.Alice was sitting with her sister by the river and her sister was reading a book. A lice had nothing to do. Once or twice she looked into her sister’a book. “And what is a book for,” thought Alice,”without pictures or conversations?” Suddenly a white rab bit with pink eyes ran by.There was nothing strange about that. She heard the rabbit say, “O h dear! Oh dea r! I’ll be late!” and she did not think it was strange. Then the rabbit took a watch out o f its pocket and looked at it. A rabbit with a pocket and a watch. Alice got up and ran across the field after it. She saw it go down a large rabbit hole in the ground.Then Alice went down after it, but never thought about how she was going to ge t out again. She found that she was falling down a very, very deep hole. It was too dar k for her to see anything. She was falling for a long time. While she was falling, she was thinking about her cat, Dinah. Suddenly she landed on some dry leaves…Module 8Unit1 while the lights were changing to red ,a car suddenly appearedBetty: Good morning, Ms James! You look pale. Are you all right?Ms James: Im OK, but I saw an accident. A boy was riding his bike and listening to music on the road.Daming: That’s very dangerous!Ms James: I was waiting to cross the road. While the lights were changing to red, a ca r suddenly appeared round the corner. It wasn’t going fast, but it didn’t stop. Lingling: Did the boy stop?Ms James: No. And the driver was talking on his mobile phone.Betty: So did the car hit the boy?Ms James: No, I’m glad to say. The car stopped just in time, but the boy fell off his bi ke and hurt his knee.Tony: That’s too bad.Ms James: So when youre on your bike, think about the risk of an accident! Pay atte ntion, stop at the red lights and…..what else?Betty: Don’t ride too fastDaming : Don’t ride side by side with your friends.All: Don’t listen to music!Unite 2One day, when Henry was working in a restaurant, a snake suddenly appeared and bit his hand. A few days earlier, the snake arrived from Asia in a box of bananas. It c limbed out and hid somewhere.“I was trying to pick it up when it bit me again. I threw it across the kitchen, an d it landed on a table.’’While the snake was lying on the table, Henry quickly picked up his mobile phon e and took a photo with it. Then the snake hid behind the fridge When Henry was try ing to find the snake, his hand began to hurt badly. He hurried to hospital. As the do ctors were checking him, the pain got worse . But they could not help him because t hey did not know what kind of snake bit him.As he was lying there in great pain, Henry suddenly remembered the photo. The doctors sent the photo to a zoo. As soon as they learnt what kind of snake bit him, th ey gave Henry the right medicine and he left hospital the next day.“So if a snake bites you, take out your mobile phone or camera. Take its photo, an d show the photo to the doctors ‘’, suggests Henry.“But as you know, the snake won’t smile!”Module 9 PopulationUnit1 the population of China is about 1.37 billionBetty: What are you doing?Tony: I’m preparing some notes for a report called “Our growing population.”Lingling: Well, w e re in the right place to talk about that! Beijing is a huge city with a big population that causes a lot of problems, such as too much traffic and noise. Betty: Its not only Beijing. Population increase is a big problem in many countries. D o you know how many babies are born every minute in the world?Tony: No. Can you tell me?Betty: Over 250! That makes over 131.4 million births a yearLingling: I can’t believe it!Betty: The population of China is about 1.37 billion. Thats almost one fifth of the wor ld’s population, that is, about 7 billion.Tony: Hang on a minute! I’ll write that down too!Betty: But in the future, Chinas population wont grow so fast, because families are ge tting smaller.Lingling: How do you know all this?Betty: I wrote my report yesterday!Tony: Great, thanks! Now I can write my report!Unit 2Jo is fifteen and lives in Parkville.When Jo’s grandparents first came to Parkville, it was a quiet village. They had a small house. Close to fields md hills. Parkville was near Arnwick, a city with 200,00 0 people. People from Parkville moved to Armwick to find jobs. And they needed p laces to live.However, it was expensive to live in the city centre, so the government built flats o utside the centre. Soon, Parkville became part of Arnwick.And Arnwick became a ci ty with over a million people. Jo’s family lives in one of those flats. It is very crowde d, and rubbish is also a problem.The small local school in Parkville closed down five years ago, so Jo now has to g o to a school in Arnwick with 2,000 pupils. It takes an hour to get there by bus. There is a lot of traffic and pollution. It is clear that Arnwick needs more schools, buses and hospitals. It needs fresh air clean water and better public services. It also needs mor e police to protect its people. But to do all these things, it needs more money. However, can money help solve all these problems? Do we need more big cities l ike this? In fact, this is just a story. In fact, this is just a story.But it describes what is happening all over the world. Could it be your town some day?Module 10 The weatherUnit 1 It might snowBetty: Hey, boys!Tony: Hi, Betty. Hi, Lingling, Where are you going?Betty: We’re going to the park to skate, There’s thick ice on the lake, Are you comin g with US?Tony: Are you joking? It’s really cold today.Daming: And it’s cloudy too so it might snow.Lingling: What’s the temperature?Tony: It’s between minus eight and minus two degrees! Winter is colder here than i E ngland.Daming: Is it snowy in England in December?Tony: Not usually, although this year it snowed quite a lot, Most Decembers are we a nd rainy.Daming: What’s the weather like in America in winter, Betty?Betty: We have cold winters and hot summers. It’s snowy in New York in winter. Tony: Sounds great ! I like sunny weather, and I like snow as well. But I don’t like sh owers or windy weather.Betty: Me neither, Rainy weather is terrible! I wish I were in Australia now, It’s Proba bly sunny and hot there.Lingling: You can go to Hainan lsland if you like sunny weather.Betty: One day I will.Lingling: Come on, better get going! We can skate in the park and get warm.Unit 2 The weather is fine all year round.The US is a very big country.It is about 3,000 miles from the east coast to the west coast, so choose carefully the places to see and the time to go. Bring a map because you may want to travel aroun d. New York and Washington D.C. are good places to visit in May or October, but in winter there is a lot of snow.The best time to visit New England is in September.The weather gets cooler, and the green leaves start to turn gold, then brown. Brin g your camera so you can take photos of the autumn trees.California is on the Pacific coast, and the weather is fine all year round. Take your swimming clothes because y ou might want to go swimming in the sea, even in December.In Seattle, in the northwest, it is not very cold but it rains a lot, so bring an umbrell a.In Alaska the days are long and warm in summer, but may be cool in the evening. In winter, Alaska can be very very cold. If you want to visit Alaska, you had better go i n summer. Do not forget to bring a warm sweater with you.In Texas and the southeast, it is usually very hot and sunny compared to other plac es. There are storms from time to time in summer and autumn.So when is the best time to visit the US? Any time you like!Module 11 Way of lifeUnit 1 In China, we open a gift laterBetty: Happy birthday, Lingling.Daming: Here’s your gift.Lingling: Oh, you remembered! What a surprise!Tony: You can open it!Lingling: I don’t think I should open it now. In China, we open a gift later.Betty: But back in the US, we open a gift immediately.Lingling: So what do I do?Betty: You needn’t wait!(Lingling opens her present and finds a dictionary.)Lingling: Oh, thank you. I really wanted one.Betty: We’re happy you like it.Tony: I noticed another difference. In China, you accept a gift with both hands. But in the West, we usually don’t pay much attention to that.Betty: That’s interesting! I’m interested to know all the Chinese traditions. Tell me m ore.Lingling: There are a lot. For example, in my home town, people say you mustn’t do any cleaning on the first day of the Spring Festival. And you mustn’t break anything. It’s bad luck!Daming: You must only use red paper for hongbao because red means luck. And you’d better not cut your hair during the Spring Festival month.Daming: And in the north of China, people eat lots of jiaozi!Betty: Perfect! They taste great.Tony: I like eating jiaozi too. Anyway, the Spring Festival is still over a month away. Let’s celebrate Lingling’s birthday first!Unit 2 In England you usually drink tea with milk.My experiences in England. I went to England last year. I enjoyed my stay, and I noticed something interesting with the English way of life.For example, you must sayMr or Mrs when you meet someone for the first time. When you get to know each ot her better or when they ask you to, you can just use their first names.One day we visited some friends and had afternoon tea together. Afternoon tea is n ot just a drink but a light meal at around 4 pm. We ate sandwiches and a large fruit c ake.In England you usually drink tea with milk.So I tried to drink tea with milk too. Fish and chips is the traditional food in England. You can buy it and eat it in special fi sh and chip shops on the high street, or you can take it away and eat it with your finge rs. It is delicious!At the bus stop you must not push your way onto the bus. You need to stand in a line behind the other people and wait your turn. Sometimes people are slow to get o n the bus.Once I noticed a gentleman touch a young man on the shoulder, smile politely and say, “Excuse me! Are you waiting for this bus?” He was really polite.Module 12 HelpUnit1 What should we do before help arrives?Ms James: This mornings class is about first aid, or giving someone basic medical help. Let’s imagine an accident. A boy is lying at the bottom of the stairs. He isn’t moving or making a sound. He is in pain. What can we do to help him?Betty: First of all, find out what’s wrong with him.Ms James: How do we do that?Betty: Ask him.Ms James: Ok. But he could have trouble hearing you or speaking to you.Lingling: Shout for help? Call 120?Ms James: Good idea, but what should we do before help arrives?Tony: Make him comfortable.Ms James: And how can we do that?Tony: Lift him up and sit him on a chair?Ms James: No, that could be harmful! You could drop him and hurt him even more. B etty, you must know! You did some basic medical training.Betty: Make sure he’s warm. Cover him with a coat.Ms James: That’s such good advice that you could be a doctor, Betty!Unit 2 Stay away from windows and heavy furniture.What to do in an earthquakeEarthquakes always happen suddenly, so it is difficult to warn people about them. Usually people have little or no idea about what to do during an earthquake, so here is some advice. Inside Do not jump out of high buildings. Hide under a table. Stay awa y from windows and heavy furniture. Keep clear of fires. Leave the building quickly when the ground stops shaking, but do not use the lift.Keep calm, especially when yo u are with other people. Be brave and be helpful.Outside Move away from buildings, because parts of a building may fall on you. Do not stand near street lights or under power lines. Stay away from bridges and tree s. If you are in a bus or car, stay in it.In the mountains, be careful of falling rocks.On a beach, run away from the sea and move quickly to higher ground.In short, follow what you learnt in school. You can be safe and you can also help save others。

外研版八年级(上册)英语课文[全册]

外研版八年级(上册)英语课文[全册]

Module 1 How to learn EnglishUnit 1 Let’s try to speak English as much as possible.Ms James: Welcome back, everyone! Today, we’re going to talk about good ways to learn English. Ready? Who has some advice?Lingling: We should always speak English in class.Ms James: Good! Let’s try to speak English as much as possible.Daming: Why not write down the mistakes in our notebooks?Ms James: That’s a good idea. And don’t forget to write down the correct answe rs next to the mistakes. What else?Lingling: It’s a good idea to spell and pronounce new words aloud every day. Ms James: Thanks a lot, Lingling. How about listening to the radio?Lingling: Yes, that’s good for our pronunciation too. But there are so many new word. Ms James: You don’t need to understand every word. You just need to list en for key words and main ideas.Daming: That’s the same for reading. English stories are so interesting. I get to know a lot about the world through reading.Lingling: I think writing is also important. Why don’t we try to find some Engl ish pen friends? We can write to them. Ms James: Excellent! I agree with you.Unit 2 You should smile at her!Send your questions to Diana, the Language Doctor.Many students ask for advice about how to improve their English. Here are th ree basic questions.The first question is about understanding English films and songs. Li Hao fr om Hubei wrote, “I like watching English films and listening to English songs, but I can only understand a little. What can I do?〞Watching films and listening to songs are great way to learn English! Watch and listen several times, and guess the meaning of the new words. Each time you will learn something new. I also advise you to talk about the films or songs wit h your friends.The second question is about speaking. Wang Fan from Jilin wrote, “Our scho ol has a teacher from the US. I am shy and I am afraid to speak to her. What sho uld I do?〞You can say, “Hello! How are you?〞“Do you like China?〞 These are good ways to start a conversation. And before you begin, you should smile at her! Remember this: Do not be shy. Just try.The third question is about vocabulary. Zhang Lei from Anhui wrote, “I write do wn new words, but I forget them quickly. How can I remember them?〞Do not worry. It is natural to forget new words! I suggest you write four or fiv e words a day on pieces of paper and place them in your room. Read the words whe n you see them, and try to use them.Module 2 My home town and my countryUnit 1 It’s taller than many other buildings.Tony: Hey, Daming! How was your weekend?Daming: Pretty good! I went to Shenzhen.Tony: Where’s Shenzhen?Daming: Well, it’s on the coast near Hong Kong. It was a small village about th irty years ago, but today it’s a very big city.Tony: So it’s a newer city than Hong Kong?Daming: Yes, it’s a newer city. In fact, it only became important in the 1980s. It’s getting bigger and busier. Some day it will become as busy as Hong Kong, I ’m sure.Tony: What’s the population of Shenzhen?Daming: It’s over ten million, I think. That’s larger than the population of m any other cities in China. Its streets are much wider and cleaner too. I think i t’s a beautiful city.Tony: I’d like to go to there one day.Daming: Remember to visit the Diwang Tower. It’s taller than many other buildin gs in Shenzhen.Unit 2 Cambridge is a beautiful city in the east of England.Cambridge, London and EnglandBy Tony SmithI come from Cambridge, a beautiful city in the east of England. It is on the River Cam and has a population of about 120,000. My home is especially famous for its university. Many famous people studied here, such as Isaac Newton and Char les Darwin. There are lots of old buildings and churches to visit. Students and tourists enjoy trips along the river by boat.Cambridge is 80 kilometres from London. London is in the south of England and it is on the River Thames. It has a population of about seven and a half millio n, so it is bigger and busier than Cambridge. It is about 2,000 years old, and i t is famous for Big Ben, Buckingham Palace and Tower Bridge.England itself is a part of an island, and you are always near the sea. The s mall villages and beaches on the coast are popular for holidays. Tourists like t he areas of low and beautiful lakes in the north, and the hills and pretty villa ges in the south. Everywhere in England you will notice how green the countrysid e is.It is never very hot in summer or very cold in winter. So come and see England any time of the year, but bring an umbrella with you. You will need it most day s.Module 3 SportsUnit 1 Nothing is more exciting than playing tennis.Daming: Hey, Tony. Come and watch the football match on TV.Tony: OK. What’s the score?Daming: Spain scored a minute ago.Tony: Wow! That’s fast!Daming: That’s right. Last week the match on TV was so boring because no one sc ored at all. So this week’s match is already more exciting.Betty: What’s the matter with you, Tony? You look tired.Tony: I’m really tired after last night’s tennis match. And I hurt my knee. Daming: That’s too bad! Sit down and watch the match. It’s safer than playing tennis.Betty: Yes, watching is not sure about that. Nothing is more relaxing too! Tony: Well, I’m not sure about that. Nothing is more enjoyable than playing ten nis.Betty: But you enjoyed watching the Olympics on TV, right?Tony: Yes, but that’s because it was cheaper than buying tickets for all the ga mes.Daming: And staying at home was easier than going to the stadium. Oh, look at th at!Tony: Oh, he missed! Oh, bad luck!Daming: Never mind. There’s still plenty of time for them to score.Unit2 This year we practice more carefully.Training hardBy Li DamingIt is Saturday tomorrow, but I am going to school. I am not going for lessons, but to play football. I am in our school team and we a re going to play against another school next week. The practice star ts at 10 am. We all arrive as early as we can so that we have time t o warm up. We are training harder than usual because the other team beat us last year. This year we want to do better.It is more difficult to practise in winter because the days are s hort and the weather is cold too. It gets dark earlier, so it is imp ortant not to be late for after-school practice.Our coach is pleased because we are playing better as a team now. Last year we were sometimes careless when we passed the ball and we lost to the other team in the final match. What a pity! This year w e practise more carefully. That means we have a better chance of win ning.The fan club has fewer people this year. We hope to play well so that we have more fans to watch the matches. It is good to have our fans around. They cheer us on loudly and we feel more confident to w in the game.Module 4 Planes, ships, and trainsUnit1 He lives the farthest from schoolBetty: I was late for school today.Mum: Why? What happened?Betty: I took the bus. There was a road accident, and the traffic wa s very heavy. But nobody was late, except me. Maybe I should go to s chool by taxi.Mum: It’s the most comfortable way, but it’s also the most expensive.Betty: Then what about going by bike?Mum: That’s a good choice, but it’s a bit dangerous. There’s so m uch traffic.Betty: But most of my classmates ride bikes, and it’s quite safe. D on’t worry. I’ll be carefull.Mum: How does Tony go to school?Betty: He lives the farthest from school, so he takes the undergroun d.Mum: And what about Lingling?Betty: Her home is the closest to school, so she walks.Mum: How about Daming?Betty: He goes by bus too, the same as me. But it’s so crowded! And the traffic is heavy.Mum: All right. You can ride your bike to school, but remember to be careful all the time.Unit2 What is the best way to travel?Question: What is the best way to travel from London to Amsterdam.I am planning to travel from London to Amsterdam. How long does t he journey take and what is the best way to travel? Could you please tell me about the trains or ships to get there? The more informatio n, the better. Thanks!Best answer: There are four ways to travel.A journey by train is more relaxing than by coach, but a lot mor e expensive. When you go by train, buy your ticket a long time befor e you travel. It is usually cheaper. You can go by car and by s hip across the North Sea. This is the most comfortable way to travel but also the most expensive. Book your ticket before you book your hotel. Remember that parking in Amsterdam is very expensive, so stay outside the city centre and travel in by bus or by train.The third choice is by coach. This is usually the cheapest, but in summer the coaches sometimes get crowded! And it takes you about twelve hours to get there. However, it will not cost as much as goin g by train.Finally, you can fly. It is the fastest and the second cheapest , but you may have to wait for hours at the airport because of bad w eather.Well, I hope this helps! Have a great trip.Module 5 Lao She TeahouseUnit 1 I wanted to see the Beijing Opera.Listen and readBetty: Lingling and I went to Lao She Teahouse last night.Tony: How was it?Betty: It was great! You know, I wanted to see Beijing Opera, so Li ngling offered to take me there. We drank tea and watched an opera. Tony: Did you understand the opera?Betty: No, it was difficult to understand the words. But the actors and actress were excellent.Tony: How long did you stay?Betty: We only planned to watch for an hour, but in the end, we sta yed for three hours.Tony: Did you enjoyed it?Betty: Well, it was interesting---that’s the main thing. I hope to understand more next time.Tony: Do you often go to see Beijing Opera, Lingling?Lingling: No, I don’t. I wanted to take Betty to the teahouse becau se it’s famous.Tony: Who is Lao She? Betty: No idea. Ask Lingling.Lingling: Lao She is a great writer. He’s especially famous for his play Teahouse.Unit 2 It describes the changes in Chinese society.2 Read the passage and match the heading with the paragraphs.a) Lao She Teahouseb)The Story of Teahousec)Lao She1Teahouse is one of Lao She’s most famous plays. He wrote it in 1957. The play has three acts and shows the lives of common people i n China from the end of the nineteenth century to the middle of twen tieth century. It tells us the story of Wang Lifa and the customers of his teahouse in Beijing. It describes the changes in Chinese soci ety over fifty years around the beginning of the twentieth century.2Lao She was born in Beijing in 1899. His mother sent him to a te acher’s school in 1913. After finishing school in 1918, he became a head teacher of a primary school. In 1924 Lao She left home and wen t to England. He taught Chinese at a college in London and returned to China five years later. He wrote many plays, novels and short sto ries about people’s lives, and was named “the People’s Artist〞. Lao She is one of the greatest Chinese writers of the twentieth cent ury.3At Lao She Teahouse today, customers can drink tea and eat delic ious Beijing food. If you like the Beijing Opera, traditional music or magic shows, you can enjoy them at the teahouse. Lao She Teahouse gives a warm welcome to everyone from all over the world.Module 6 Animals in dangerUnit 1 It allows people to get closer to them.Listen and read(Lingling and Betty are leaving the zoo)Lingling: Did you like the zoo?Betty: Yes! I saw the pandas at last! But I am more interested to s ee the pandas in the Wolong Panda Reserve, because it allows peopleto get closer to them.Lingling: It’s sad to think of the pandas and other animals in dang er.Betty: We need to protect them better.Lingling: Yes, Many wild animals don’t have a safe place to live, b ecause villages and farms are growing bigger and are taking away the ir land and forests.Betty: Also, often there isn’t enough clean water, because we’ve made it dirty. I think we all need to help animals live in peace. Lo ok, there’s a notice.Lingling: It says,“Help! We want to save animals in danger, and we need your help.〞Betty: But what can we do?Lingling: It says,“Your money pays to look after the animals.〞That means we can give money to help protect the animals.Betty: Maybe we can raise some money at school. Let’s find out wha t else we can do to save as many animals as possible.Unit 2 The WWF is working hard to save them all.2 Read the passage and match the heading with the paragraphs.a)Nature parks for pandasb) WWF And animals in dangerc) The panda’s homed) An animal in danger1Pandas are in danger. There are only about 1,600 pandas living i n the wild today. Zoos and research centres are looking after about 340 pandas. Pandas do not have many babies, and baby pandas often di e. The situation is getting very difficult. Scientist are doing a lo t of research to help pandas produce more babies and help baby panda s live.2Pandas live in the forests and mountains of Southwest China. Eac h panda needs to eat a lot of bamboo every day. The bamboo forests are getting smaller, so pandas are losing their home. And there are n ot many pandas left.3In order to protect pandas in the wild, the government is settin g up nature parks and developing other plans. The nature parks will be big and there will be more bamboo to feed the pandas. Pandas born in zoos may go back to live in the nature parks.4The World Wild Fund for Nature (WWF) wants to protect all animal s. And it chose the panda to be its symbol. We do not want to lose t igers, elephants, or any other animals, so the WWF is working hard t o save them all.Module7 A famous storyUnit1 Alice was sitting with her sister by the river.Tony: Hi,Lingling!Lingling: Ssh! I’m reading.Tony: Sorry! What’s the book about?Lingling: It’s about a girl called Alice. One day, Alice was sitting with her sister by the river and she saw a white rabbit with a watch. It ran past.Tony: Why was it running? Lingling: Because it was late. Tony: And w here was it going?Lingling: To see the Queen of Hearts. Alice followed it and fell dow n a hole in the ground.Tony: Yes! Then she saw the Cheshire Cat. It was sitting in a tree a nd smiling at everyone.Lingling: Then Alice arrived at the March Hare’s house. He was sit ting with the Mad Hatter and a mouse. They were having a tea party i n the garden.Tony: And then Alice met the Queen of Hearts. She was playing a stra nge game!Lingling: Do you already know the book?Tony: Yes, It’s Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland. Everyone in Brit ain knows the story.Lingling: Then why did you ask me all those questions?Tony: To see if you remember the story! Ha ha….U2 She was thinking about her cat.Alice was sitting with her sister by the river and her sister wa s reading a book. Alice had nothing to do. Once or twice she looked into her sister’a book. “And what is a book for,〞 thought Alice,〞without pictures or conversations?〞 Suddenly a white rabbit with pi nk eyes ran by.There was nothing strange about that. She heard the rabbit say,“Oh dear! Oh dear! I’ll be late!〞 and she did not think it was s trange. Then the rabbit took a watch out of its pocket and looked at it. A rabbit with a pocket and a watch. Alice got up and ran across the field after it. She saw it go down a large rabbit hole in the g round.Then Alice went down after it, but never thought about how she was going to get out again. She found that she was falling down a ve ry, very deep hole. It was too dark for her to see anything. She was falling for a long time. While she was falling, she was thinking ab out her cat, Dinah. Suddenly she landed on some dry leaves…Module 8Unit1 while the lights were changing to red ,a car suddenly appeared Betty: Good morning, Ms James! You look pale. Are you all right?Ms James: Im OK, but I saw an accident. A boy was riding his bike a nd listening to music on the road.Daming: That’s very dangerous!Ms James: I was waiting to cross the road. While the lights were cha nging to red, a car suddenly appeared round the corner. It wasn’t g oing fast, but it didn’t stop.Lingling: Did the boy stop?Ms James: No. And the driver was talking on his mobile phone.Betty: So did the car hit the boy?Ms James: No, I’m glad to say. The car stopped just in time, but th e boy fell off his bike and hurt his knee.Tony: That’s too bad.Ms James: So when youre on your bike, think about the risk of an a ccident! Pay attention, stop at the red lights and…..what else? Betty: Don’t ride too fastDaming : Don’t ride side by side with your friends.All: Don’t listen to music!Unite 2One day, when Henry was working in a restaurant, a snake suddenly appeared and bit his hand. A few days earlier, the snake arrived from Asia in a box of bananas. It climbed out and hid somewhere.“I was trying to pick it up when it bit me again. I threw it across the kitchen, and it landed on a table.’’While the snake was lying on the table, Henry quickly picked u p his mobile phone and took a photo with it. Then the snake hid behi nd the fridge When Henry was trying to find the snake, his hand be gan to hurt badly. He hurried to hospital. As the doctors were check ing him, the pain got worse . But they could not help him because t hey did not know what kind of snake bit him.As he was lying there in great pain, Henry suddenly remembered the photo. The doctors sent the photo to a zoo. As soon as they le arnt what kind of snake bit him, they gave Henry the right medicine and he left hospital the next day.“So if a snake bites you, take out your mobile phone or camera. T ake its photo, and show the photo to the doctors ‘’, suggests Henr y.“But as you know, the snake won’t smile!〞Module 9 PopulationUnit1 the population of China is about 1.37 billionBetty: What are you doing?Tony: I’m preparing some notes for a report called “Our growing po pulation.〞Lingling: Well, were in the right place to talk about that! Beijing is a huge city with a big population that causes a lot of problems, such as too much traffic and noise.Betty: Its not only Beijing. Population increase is a big problem in many countries. Do you know how many babies are born every minute i n the world?Tony: No. Can you tell me?Betty: Over 250! That makes over million births a yearLingling: I can’t believe it!Betty: The population of China is about billion. Thats almost one f ifth of the world’s population, that is, about 7 billion.Tony: Hang on a minute! I’ll write that down too!Betty: But in the future, Chinas population wont grow so fast, becau se families are getting smaller.Lingling: How do you know all this?Betty: I wrote my report yesterday!Tony: Great, thanks! Now I can write my report!Unit 2Jo is fifteen and lives in Parkville.When Jo’s grandparents first came to Parkville, it was a quiet village. They had a small house. Close to fields md hills. Parkvil le was near Arnwick, a city with 200,000 people. People from Parkvi lle moved to Armwick to find jobs. And they needed places to live.However, it was expensive to live in the city centre, so the gover nment built flats outside the centre. Soon, Parkville became part of Arnwick became a city with over a million people. Jo’s family l ives in one of those flats. It is very crowded, and rubbish is also a problem.The small local school in Parkville closed down five years ago, so Jo now has to go to a school in Arnwick with 2,000 pupils. It takes an hour to get there by bus. There is a lot of traffic and pollutio n. It is clear that Arnwick needs more schools, buses and hospitals . It needs fresh air clean water and better public services. It al so needs more police to protect its people. But to do all these thin gs, it needs more money.However, can money help solve all these problems? Do we need mor e big cities like this? In fact, this is just a story. In fact, thi s is just a story.But it describes what is happening all over the world. Could it b e your town some day?Module 10 The weatherUnit 1 It might snowBetty: Hey, boys!Tony: Hi, Betty. Hi, Lingling, Where are you going?Betty: We’re going to the park to skate, There’s thick ice on the lake, Are you coming with US?Tony: Are you joking? It’s really cold today.Daming: And it’s cloudy too so it might snow.Lingling: What’s the temperature?Tony: It’s between minus eight and minus two degrees! Winter is col der here than i England.Daming: Is it snowy in England in December?Tony: Not usually, although this year it snowed quite a lot, Most De cembers are we and rainy.Daming: What’s the weather like in America in winter, Betty? Betty: We have cold winters and hot summers. It’s snowy in New York in winter.Tony: Sounds great ! I like sunny weather, and I like snow as well. But I don’t like showers or windy weather.Betty: Me neither, Rainy weather is terrible! I wish I were in Austr alia now, It’s Probably sunny and hot there.Lingling: You can go to Hainan lsland if you like sunny weather.Betty: One day I will.Lingling: Come on, better get going! We can skate in the park and ge t warm.Unit 2 The weather is fine all year round.The US is a very big country.It is about 3,000 miles from the east coast to the west coast, so choose carefully the places to see and the time to go. Bring a map because you may want to travel around. New York and Washington D.C. are good places to visit in May or October, but in winter there is a lot of snow.The best time to visit New England is in September.The weather gets cooler, and the green leaves start to turn gold, then brown. Bring your camera so you can take photos of the autumn is on the Pacific coast, and the weather is fine all year round. Take your swimming clothes because you might want to go swimming in the sea, even in December.In Seattle, in the northwest, it is not very cold but it rains a l ot, so bring an umbrella.In Alaska the days are long and warm in summer, but may be cool in t he evening. In winter, Alaska can be very very cold. If you want t o visit Alaska, you had better go in summer. Do not forget to brin g a warm sweater with you.In Texas and the southeast, it is usually very hot and sunny compa red to other places.There are storms from time to time in summer and autumn.So when is the best time to visit the US? Any time you like!Module 11 Way of lifeUnit 1 In China, we open a gift laterBetty: Happy birthday, Lingling.Daming: Here’s your gift.Lingling: Oh, you remembered! What a surprise!Tony: You can open it!Lingling: I don’t think I should open it now. In China, we open a gift later.Betty: But back in the US, we open a gift immediately.Lingling: So what do I do?Betty: You needn’t wait!(Lingling opens her present and finds a dictionary.)Lingling: Oh, thank you. I really wanted one.Betty: We’re happy you like it.Tony: I noticed another difference. In China, you accept a gift with both hands. But in the West, we usually don’t pay much attention t o that.Betty: That’s interesting! I’m interested to know all the Chinese traditions. Tell me more.Lingling: There are a lot. For example, in my home town, people say you mustn’t do any cleaning on the first day of the Spring Festival . And you mustn’t break anything. It’s bad luck!Daming: You must only use red paper for hongbao because red means lu ck. And you’d better not cut your hair during the Spring Festival m onth.Daming: And in the north of China, people eat lots of jiaozi! Betty: Perfect! They taste great.Tony: I like eating jiaozi too. Anyway, the Spring Festival is stil l over a month away. Let’s celebrate Lingling’s birthday first!Unit 2 In England you usually drink tea with milk.My experiences in England. I went to England last year. I enjoy ed my stay, and I noticed something interesting with the English way of example, you must say Mr or Mrs when you meet someone for the f irst time. When you get to know each other better or when they ask you to, you can just use their first names.One day we visited some friends and had afternoon tea together. Af ternoon tea is not just a drink but a light meal at around 4 pm. We ate sandwiches and a large fruit cake.In England you usually drink tea with I tried to drink tea with m ilk too.Fish and chips is the traditional food in England. You can buy it an d eat it in special fish and chip shops on the high street, or you c an take it away and eat it with your fingers. It is delicious!At the bus stop you must not push your way onto the bus. You nee d to stand in a line behind the other people and wait your turn. So metimes people are slow to get on the bus.Once I noticed a gentleman touch a young man on the shoulder, smil e politely and say, “Excuse me! Are you waiting for this bus?〞 He was really polite.Module 12 HelpUnit1 What should we do before help arrives?Ms James: This mornings class is about first aid, or giving someo ne basic medical help. Let’s imagine an accident. A boy is lying at the bottom of the stairs. H e isn’t moving or making a sound. He is in pain. What can we do to help hi m? Betty: First of all, find out what’s wrong with him.Ms James: How do we do that?Betty: Ask him.Ms James: Ok. But he could have trouble hearing you or speaking toyou.Lingling: Shout for help? Call 120?Ms James: Good idea, but what should we do before help arrives? Tony: Make him comfortable.Ms James: And how can we do that?Tony: Lift him up and sit him on a chair?Ms James: No, that could be harmful! You could drop him and hurt him even more. Betty, you must know! You did some basic medical trainin g.Betty: Make sure he’s warm. Cover him with a coat.Ms James: That’s such good advice that you could be a doctor, Betty!Unit 2 Stay away from windows and heavy furniture.What to do in an earthquakeEarthquakes always happen suddenly, so it is difficult to warn peo ple about them.Usually people have little or no idea about what to do during an ear thquake, so here is some advice. Inside Do not jump out of high buil dings. Hide under a table. Stay away from windows and heavy furnitur e. Keep clear of fires. Leave the building quickly when the ground s tops shaking, but do not use the calm, especially when you are with other people. Be brave and be helpful.Outside Move away from buildings, because parts of a building ma y fall on you. Do not stand near street lights or under power lines. Stay away from bridges and trees. If you are in a bus or car, stay in the mountains, be careful of falling a beach, run away from th e sea and move quickly to higher ground.In short, follow what you learnt in school. You can be safe and y ou can also help save others。

【精选】外研版八级英语上册电子课本(完整版)

【精选】外研版八级英语上册电子课本(完整版)

外研版八年级英语上册电子课本(完整版)Module 1 How to learn EnglishUnit 1 Let’s try to speak English as much as possible.Ms James: Welcome back, everyone! Today, we’re going to talk about good ways to learn English. Ready? Who has some advice?Lingling: We should always speak English in class.Ms James: Good! Let’s try to speak English as much as possible.Daming: Why not write down the mistakes in our notebooks?Ms James: That’s a good idea. And don’t forget to write down the correct answers next to the mistakes. What else?Lingling: It’s a good idea to spell and pronounce new words aloud everyday.Ms James: Thanks a lot, Lingling. How about listening to the radio?Lingling: Yes, that’s good for our pronunciation too. But there are so many new word. Ms James: You don’t need to understand every word. You just need to listen for key words and main ideas.Daming: That’s the same for reading. English stories are so interesting. Iget to know a lot about the world through reading.Lingling: I think writing is also important. Why don’t we try to find s English pen friends? We can write to them. Ms James: Excellent! I agreewith you.Unit 2 You should smile at her!Send your questions to Diana, the Language Doctor.Many students ask for advice about how to improve their English. Hereare three basic questions.The first question is about understanding English films and songs. Li Hao from Hubei wrote, “I like watching English films and listening to English songs, but I can only understand a little. What can I do?” Watching films and listening to songs are great way to learn English!Watch and listen several times, and guess the meaning of the new words.Each time you will learn something new. I also advise you to talk about the films or songs with your friends.The second question is about speaking. Wang Fan from Jilin wrote,ur school has a teacher from the US. I am shy and I am afraid to speak toher. What should I do?” You can say, “Hello! How are you?”“Do you like China?” These ar d ways to start a conversation. And before you begin, you should smile ather! Remember this: Do not be shy. Just try.The third question is about vocabulary. Zhang Lei from Anhui wrote,write down new words, but I forget them quickly. How can I remember them?” Do not worry. It is natural to forget new words! I suggest you write four or five words a day on pieces of paper and place them in your room. Read the words when you see them, and try to use them.Module 2 My home town and my countryUnit 1 It’s taller than many other buildings.Tony: Hey, Daming! How was your weekend?Daming: Pretty good! I went to Shenzhen.Tony: Where’s Shenzhen?Daming: Well, it’s on the coast near Hong Kong. It was a small village about thirty years ago, but today it’s a very big city.Tony: So it’s a newer city than Hong Kong?Daming: Yes, it’s a newer city. In fact, it only became important in the 1980s.It’s getting bigger and busier. Some day it will become as busy as Hong Kong, I’m sure.Tony: What’s the population of Shenzhen?Daming: It’s over ten million, I think. That’s larger than the populatio many other cities in China. Its streets are much wider and cleaner too. I think it’s a beautiful city.Tony: I’d like to go to there one day.Daming: Remember to visit the Diwang Tower. It’s taller than many othe r buildings in Shenzhen.Unit 2 Cambridge is a beautiful city in the east of England.Cambridge, London and EnglandBy Tony SmithI come from Cambridge, a beautiful city in the east of England. It is o n the River Cam and has a population of about 120,000. My home is espe cially famous for its university. Many famous people studied here, such a s Isaac Newton and Charles Darwin. There are lots of old buildings and c hurches to visit. Students and tourists enjoy trips along the river by boat.Cambridge is 80 kilometres from London. London is in the south of E ngland and it is on the River Thames. It has a population of about seven a nd a half million, so it is bigger and busier than Cambridge. It is about 2,0 00 years old, and it is famous for Big Ben, Buckingham Palace and Towe r Bridge.England itself is a part of an island, and you are always near the sea. The small villages and beaches on the coast are popular for holidays. Tou rists like the areas of low and beautiful lakes in the north, and the hills an d pretty villages in the south. Everywhere in England you will notice how green the countryside is.It is never very hot in summer or very cold in winter. So come and see England any time of the year, but bring an umbrella with you. You will need it most days.Module 3 SportsUnit 1 Nothing is more exciting than playing tennis.Daming: Hey, Tony. Come and watch the football match on TV.Tony: OK. What’s the score?Daming: Spain scored a minute ago.Tony: Wow! That’s fast!Daming: That’s right. Last week the match on TV was so boring becauseno one scored at all. So this week’s match is already more exciting. Betty: What’s the matter with you, Tony? You look tired.Tony: I’m really tired after last night’s tennis match. And I hurt my kn Daming: That’s too bad! Sit down and watch the match. It’s safer th ying tennis.Betty: Yes, watching is not sure about that. Nothing is more relaxing too!Tony: Well, I’m not sure about that. Nothing is more enjoyable than playing tennis.Betty: But you enjoyed watching the Olympics on TV, right?Tony: Yes, but that’s because it was cheaper than buying tickets for all th e games.Daming: And staying at home was easier than going to the stadium. Oh, look at that!Tony: Oh, he missed! Oh, bad luck!Daming: Never mind. There’s still plenty of time for them to score.Unit2 This year we practice more carefully.Training hardBy Li Daming It is Saturday tomorrow, but I am going to school. I am not going for l essons, but to play football. I am in our school team and we are going to play against another school next week. The practice starts at 10 am. We all arrive as early as we can so that we have time to warm up. We are training harder than usual because the other team beat us last year. This year we want to do better.It is more difficult to practise in winter because the days are short andthe weather is cold too. It gets dark earlier, so it is important not to be latefor after-school practice.Our coach is pleased because we are playing better as a team now. Last year we were sometimes careless when we passed the ball and we lost to the other team in the final match. What a pity! This year we practise more carefully. That means we have a better chance of winning.The fan club has fewer people this year. We hope to play well so thatwe have more fans to watch the matches. It is good to have our fans around. They cheer us on loudly and we feel more confident to win the game.Module 4 Planes, ships, and trainsUnit1 He lives the farthest from schoolBetty: I was late for school today.Mum: Why? What happened?Betty: I took the bus. There was a road accident, and the traffic was veryheavy. But nobody was late, except me. Maybe I should go to school by taxi.Mum: It’s the most comfortable way, but it’s also the most expensive. Betty: Then what about going by bike?Mum: That’s a good choice, but it’s a bit dangerous. There’s so m fic.Betty: But most of my classmates ride bikes, and it’s quite safe. Don rry. I’ll be carefull.Mum: How does Tony go to school?Betty: He lives the farthest from school, so he takes the underground.Mum: And what about Lingling?Betty: Her home is the closest to school, so she walks.Mum: How about Daming?Betty: He goes by bus too, the same as me. But it’s so crowded! And t raffic is heavy.Mum: All right. You can ride your bike to school, but remember to be careful all the time.Unit2 What is the best way to travel?Question: What is the best way to travel from London to Amsterdam.I am planning to travel from London to Amsterdam. How long does the journey take and what is the best way to travel? Could you please tellme about the trains or ships to get there? The more information, the better. Thanks!Best answer: There are four ways to travel.A journey by train is more relaxing than by coach, but a lot more expen sive. When you go by train, buy your ticket a long time before you travel. It is usually cheaper. You can go by car and by ship across the North Sea. This is the most comfortable way to travel but also the most expensi ve. Book your ticket before you book your hotel. Remember that parking in Amsterdam is very expensive, so stay outside the city centre and travel in by bus or by train.The third choice is by coach. This is usually the cheapest, but in summ er the coaches sometimes get crowded! And it takes you about twelve hou rs to get there. However, it will not cost as much as going by train.Finally, you can fly. It is the fastest and the second cheapest, but you may have to wait for hours at the airport because of bad weather.Well, I hope this helps! Have a great trip.Module 5 Lao She TeahouseUnit 1 I wanted to see the Beijing Opera.Listen and readBetty: Lingling and I went to Lao She Teahouse last night.Tony: How was it?Betty: It was great! You know, I wanted to see Beijing Opera, so Lingling offered to take me there. We drank tea and watched an opera.Tony: Did you understand the opera?Betty: No, it was difficult to understand the words. But the actors and actress were excellent.Tony: How long did you stay?Betty: We only planned to watch for an hour, but in the end, we stayed for three hours.Tony: Did you enjoyed it?Betty: Well, it was interesting---that’s the main thing. I hope to understand more next time.Tony: Do you often go to see Beijing Opera, Lingling?Lingling: No, I don’t. I wanted to take Betty to the teahouse because it amous.Tony: Who is Lao She? Betty: No idea. Ask Lingling.Lingling: Lao She is a great writer. He’s especially famous for his play T eahouse.Unit 2 It describes the changes in Chinese society.2 Read the passage and match the heading with the paragraphs.a) Lao She Teahouseb)The Story of Teahousec)Lao She1Teahouse is one of Lao She’s most famous plays. He wrote it in 1957. The play has three acts and shows the lives of common people in Chinafrom the end of the nineteenth century to the middle of twentieth century.It tells us the story of Wang Lifa and the customers of his teahouse in Beijing. It describes the changes in Chinese society over fifty years around the beginning of the twentieth century.2Lao She was born in Beijing in 1899. His mother sent him to a teacher’s school in 1913. After finishing school in 1918, he became a head teacher of a primary school. In 1924 Lao She left home and went to England.He taught Chinese at a college in London and returned to China five years later. He wrote many plays, novels and short stories about people, and was named “the People’s Artist”. Lao She is one of the greatest Ch nese writers of the twentieth century.3At Lao She Teahouse today, customers can drink tea and eat delicious Beijing food. If you like the Beijing Opera, traditional music or magic shows, you can enjoy them at the teahouse. Lao She Teahouse gives a warm welcome to everyone from all over the world.Module 6 Animals in dangerUnit 1 It allows people to get closer to them.Listen and read(Lingling and Betty are leaving the zoo)Lingling: Did you like the zoo?Betty: Yes! I saw the pandas at last! But I am more interested to see the pandas in the Wolong Panda Reserve, because it allows people to get closer to them.Lingling: It’s sad to think of the pandas and other animals in danger.Betty: We need to protect them better.Lingling: Yes, Many wild animals don’t have a safe place to live, because villages and farms are growing bigger and are taking away their land andforests.Betty: Also, often there isn’t enough clean water, because we’vedirty. I think we all need to help animals live in peace. Look, thereice.Lingling: It says,“Help! We want to save animals in danger, and we needyour help.” Betty: But what can we do?Lingling: It says,“Your money pays to look after the animals.”Th we can give money to help protect the animals.Betty: Maybe we can raise some money at school. Let’s find out what e e we can do to save as many animals as possible.Unit 2 The WWF is working hard to save them all.2 Read the passage and match the heading with the paragraphs.a)Nature parks for pandasb) WWF And animals in dangerc) The panda’s homed) An animal in danger1Pandas are in danger. There are only about 1,600 pandas living in the wild today. Zoos and research centres are looking after about 340 pandas. Pandas do not have many babies, and baby pandas often die. The situation is getting very difficult. Scientist are doing a lot of research to help pa ndas produce more babies and help baby pandas live.2Pandas live in the forests and mountains of Southwest China. Each p anda needs to eat a lot of bamboo every day. The bamboo forests are getti ng smaller, so pandas are losing their home. And there are not many pand as left.3In order to protect pandas in the wild, the government is setting up n ature parks and developing other plans. The nature parks will be big and t here will be more bamboo to feed the pandas. Pandas born in zoos may g o back to live in the nature parks.4The World Wild Fund for Nature (WWF) wants to protect all animal s. And it chose the panda to be its symbol. We do not want to lose tigers, elephants, or any other animals, so the WWF is working hard to save the m all.Module7 A famous storyUnit1 Alice was sitting with her sister by the river.Tony: Hi,Lingling!Lingling: Ssh! I’m reading.Tony: Sorry! What’s the book about?Lingling: It’s about a girl called Alice. One day, Alice was sitting with her sister by the river and she saw a white rabbit with a watch. It ran past.Tony: Why was it running? Lingling: Because it was late. Tony: And where was it going?Lingling: To see the Queen of Hearts. Alice followed it and fell down a hole in the ground.Tony: Yes! Then she saw the Cheshire Cat. It was sitting in a tree and smiling at everyone.Lingling: Then Alice arrived at the March Hare’s house. He was sitting with the Mad Hatter and a mouse. They were having a tea party in the garden.Tony: And then Alice met the Queen of Hearts. She was playing a strangegame!Lingling: Do you already know the book?Tony: Yes, It’s Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland. Everyone in Britain k nows the story.Lingling: Then why did you ask me all those questions?Tony: To see if you remember the story! Ha ha….U2 She was thinking about her cat.Alice was sitting with her sister by the river and her sister was reading a book. Alice had nothing to do. Once or twice she looked into her sister’a book. “And what is a book for,” thought Alice,”without pictures nversations?” Suddenly a white rabbit with pink eyes ran by.There was nothing strange about that. She heard the rabbit say,ear! Oh dear! I’ll be late!” and she did not think it was strange. Then the r abbit took a watch out of its pocket and looked at it. A rabbit with a pocket and a watch. Alice got up and ran across the field after it. She saw it godown a large rabbit hole in the ground.Then Alice went down after it, but never thought about how she wasgoing to get out again. She found that she was falling down a very, verydeep hole. It was too dark for her to see anything. She was falling for a long time. While she was falling, she was thinking about her cat, Dinah. Suddenly she landed on some dry leaves…Module 8Unit1 while the lights were changing to red ,a car suddenly appearedBetty: Good morning, Ms James! You look pale. Are you all right?Ms James: Im OK, but I saw an accident. A boy was riding his bike and listening to music on the road.Daming: That’s very dangerous!Ms James: I was waiting to cross the road. While the lights were changing to red, a car suddenly appeared round the corner. It wasn’t going ut it didn’t stop.Lingling: Did the boy stop?Ms James: No. And the driver was talking on his mobile phone.Betty: So did the car hit the boy?Ms James: No, I’m glad to say. The car stopped just in time, but the boy fell off his bike and hurt his knee.Tony: That’s too bad.Ms James: So when youre on your bike, think about the risk of an accident! Pay attention, stop at the red lights and…..what else?Betty: Don’t ride too fastDaming : Don’t ride side by side with your friends.All: Don’t listen to music!Unite 2One day, when Henry was working in a restaurant, a snake suddenly a ppeared and bit his hand. A few days earlier, the snake arrived from Asia in a box of bananas. It climbed out and hid somewhere.“I was trying to pick it up when it bit me again. I threw it across the ki tchen, and it landed on a table.’’While the snake was lying on the table, Henry quickly picked up hismobile phone and took a photo with it. Then the snake hid behind the fridge When Henry was trying to find the snake,his hand began to hurt badly. He hurried to hospital. As the doctors were checking him, the pain got worse . But they could not help him because they did not know what kind of snake bit him.As he was lying there in great pain, Henry suddenly remembered thephoto. The doctors sent the photo to a zoo. As soon as they learnt whatkind of snake bit him, they gave Henry the right medicine and he left hospital the next day.“So if a snake bites you, take out your mobile phone or camera. Take its photo, and show the photo to the doctors ‘’, suggests Henry.“But as you know, the snake won’t smile!”Module 9 PopulationUnit1 the population of China is about 1.37 billionBetty: What are you doing?Tony: I’m preparing some notes for a report called “Our growing pop on.” Lingling: Well, were in the right place to talk about that! Beijing is a huge city with a big population that causes a lot of problems, such as too much traffic and noise.Betty: Its not only Beijing. Population increase is a big problem in manycountries. Do you know how many babies are born every minute in the world?Tony: No. Can you tell me?Betty: Over 250! That makes over 131.4 million births a yearLingling: I can’t believe it!Betty: The population of China is about 1.37 billion. Thats almost one fifth of the world’s population, that is, about 7 billion.Tony: Hang on a minute! I’ll write that down too!Betty: But in the future, Chinas population wont grow so fast, because families are getting smaller.Lingling: How do you know all this?Betty: I wrote my report yesterday!Tony: Great, thanks! Now I can write my report!Unit 2Jo is fifteen and lives in Parkville.When Jo’s grandparents first came to Parkville, it was a quiet village.They had a small house. Close to fields md hills. Parkville was near Arnwick, a city with 200,000 people. People from Parkville moved to Armwick to find jobs. And they needed places to live.However, it was expensive to live in the city centre, so the governmentbuilt flats outside the centre. Soon, Parkville became part of Arnwick.And Arnwick became a city with over a million people. Jo’s family lives one of those flats. It is very crowded, and rubbish is also a problem.The small local school in Parkville closed down five years ago, so Jo now has to go to a school in Arnwick with 2,000 pupils. It takes an hour toget there by bus. There is a lot of traffic and pollution. It is clear that Arnwick needs more schools, buses and hospitals. It needs fresh air clean water and better public services. It also needs more police to protect its people. But to do all these things, it needs more money.However, can money help solve all these problems? Do we need more big cities like this? In fact, this is just a story. In fact, this is just a story.But it describes what is happening all over the world. Could it be yourtown some day?Module 10 The weatherUnit 1 It might snowBetty: Hey, boys!Tony: Hi, Betty. Hi, Lingling, Where are you going?Betty: We’re going to the park to skate, There’s thick ice on the lake, e you coming with US?Tony: Are you joking? It’s really cold today.Daming: And it’s cloudy too so it might snow.Lingling: What’s the temperature?Tony: It’s between minus eight and minus two degrees! Winter is colderhere than i England.Daming: Is it snowy in England in December?Tony: Not usually, although this year it snowed quite a lot, Most Decembers are we and rainy.Daming: What’s the weather like in America in winter, Betty?Betty: We have cold winters and hot summers. It’s snowy in New York in winter.Tony: Sounds great ! I like sunny weather, and I like snow as well. But Idon’t like showers or windy weather.Betty: Me neither, Rainy weather is terrible! I wish I were in Australia now, It’s Probably sunny and hot there.Lingling: You can go to Hainan lsland if you like sunny weather.Betty: One day I will.Lingling: Come on, better get going! We can skate in the park and get warm.Unit 2 The weather is fine all year round.The US is a very big country.It is about 3,000 miles from the east coast to the west coast, so choosecarefully the places to see and the time to go. Bring a map because youmay want to travel around. New York and Washington D.C. are good places to visit in May or October, but in winter there is a lot of snow.The best time to visit New England is in September.The weather gets cooler, and the green leaves start to turn gold, then br own. Bring your camera so you can take photos of the autumn trees.Cali fornia is on the Pacific coast, and the weather is fine all year round. Take your swimming clothes because you might want to go swimming in the s ea, even in December.In Seattle, in the northwest, it is not very cold but it rains a lot, so bring an umbrella.In Alaska the days are long and warm in summer, but may be cool in the evening. In winter, Alaska can be very very cold. If you want to visit Al aska, you had better go in summer. D o not forget to bring a warm sweat er with you.In Texas and the southeast, it is usually very hot and sunny compared t o other places.There are storms from time to time in summer and autumn.So when is the best time to visit the US? Any time you like!Module 11 Way of lifeUnit 1 In China, we open a gift laterBetty: Happy birthday, Lingling.Daming: Here’s your gift.Lingling: Oh, you remembered! What a surprise!Tony: You can open it!Lingling: I don’t think I should open it now. In China, we open a gift later.Betty: But back in the US, we open a gift immediately.Lingling: So what do I do?Betty: You needn’t wait!(Lingling opens her present and finds a dictionary.)Lingling: Oh, thank you. I really wanted one.Betty: We’re happy you like it.Tony: I noticed another difference. In China, you accept a gift with both hands. But in the West, we usually don’t pay much attention to that. Betty: That’s interesting! I’m interested to know all the Chinese traditions . Tell me more.Lingling: There are a lot. For example, in my home town, people say youmustn’t do any cleaning on the first day of the Spring Festival. And youmustn’t break anything. It’s bad luck!Daming: You must only use red paper for hongbao because red means luck. And you’d better not cut your hair during the Spring Festival month.Daming: And in the north of China, people eat lots of jiaozi!Betty: Perfect! They taste great.Tony: I like eating jiaozi too. Anyway, the Spring Festival is still over a month away. Let’s celebrate Lingling’s birthday first!Unit 2 In England you usually drink tea with milk.My experiences in England. I went to England last year. I enjoyed m y stay, and I noticed something interesting with the English way of life.Fo r example, you must say Mr or Mrs when you meet someone for the first t ime. When you get to know each other better or when they ask you to, yo u can just use their first names.One day we visited some friends and had afternoon tea together. After noon tea is not just a drink but a light meal at around 4 pm. We ate sand wiches and a large fruit cake.In England you usually drink tea with milk.So I tried to drink tea with milk too.Fish and chips is the traditional food in England. You can buy it and eat it in special fish and chip shops on the high street, or you can take it away a nd eat it with your fingers. It is delicious!At the bus stop you must not push your way onto the bus. Y ou need to stand in a line behind the other people and wait your turn. Sometimes people are slow to get on the bus.Once I noticed a gentleman touch a young man on the shoulder, smilepolitely and say, “Excuse me! Are you waiting for this bus?” He w y polite.Module 12 HelpUnit1 What should we do before help arrives?Ms James: This mornings class is about first aid, or giving someone basic medical help. Let’s imagine an accident. A boy is lying at the bottomof the stairs. He isn’t moving or making a sound. He is in pain. What canwe do to help him? Betty: First of all, find out what’s wrong with Ms James: How do we do that?Betty: Ask him.Ms James: Ok. But he could have trouble hearing you or speaking to you.Lingling: Shout for help? Call 120?Ms James: Good idea, but what should we do before help arrives?Tony: Make him comfortable.Ms James: And how can we do that?Tony: Lift him up and sit him on a chair?Ms James: No, that could be harmful! You could drop him and hurt him even more. Betty, you must know! You did some basic medical training.Betty: Make sure he’s warm. Cover him with a coat.Ms James: That’s such good advice that you could be a doctor, Betty!Unit 2 Stay away from windows and heavy furniture.What to do in an earthquakeEarthquakes always happen suddenly, so it is difficult to warn people about them.Usually people have little or no idea about what to do during an earthquake, so here is some advice. Inside Do not jump out of high buildings. Hide under a table. Stay away from windows and heavy furniture. Keep clearof fires. Leave the building quickly when the ground stops shaking, but do not use the lift.Keep calm, especially when you are with other people. Be brave and be helpful.Outside Move away from buildings, because parts of a building may fall on you. Do not stand near street lights or under power lines. Stay awa y from bridges and trees. If you are in a bus or car, stay in it.In the mount ains, be careful of falling rocks.On a beach, run away from the sea and m ove quickly to higher ground.In short, follow what you learnt in school. You can be safe and you ca n also help save others。

外研版八年级(上册)英语课文[全册].doc

外研版八年级(上册)英语课文[全册].doc

Module 1 How to learn EnglishUnit 1 Let’s try to speak English as much as possible.Ms James: Welcome back, everyone! Today, we’re going to talk about good ways to learn English. Ready? Who has some advice?Lingling: We should always speak English in class.Ms James: Good! Let’s try to speak English as much as possible.Daming: Why not write down the mistakes in our notebooks?Ms James: That’s a good idea. And don’t forget to write down the correct answe rs next to the mistakes. What else?Lingling: It’s a good idea to spell and pronounce new words aloud every day. Ms James: Thanks a lot, Lingling. How about listening to the radio?Lingling: Yes, that’s good for our pronunciation too. But there are so many new word. Ms James: You don’t need to understand every word. You just need to list en for key words and main ideas.Daming: That’s the same for reading. English stories are so interesting. I get to know a lot about the world through reading.Lingling: I think writing is also important. Why don’t we try to find some Engl ish pen friends? We can write to them. Ms James: Excellent! I agree with you.Unit 2 You should smile at her!Send your questions to Diana, the Language Doctor.Many students ask for advice about how to improve their English. Here are th ree basic questions.The first question is about understanding English films and songs. Li Hao fr om Hubei wrote, “I like watching English films and listening to English songs, but I can only understand a little. What can I do?”Watching films and listening to songs are great way to learn English! Watch and listen several times, and guess the meaning of the new words. Each time you will learn something new. I also advise you to talk about the films or songs wit h your friends.The second question is about speaking. Wang Fan from Jilin wrote, “Our scho ol has a teacher from the US. I am shy and I am afraid to speak to her. What sho uld I do?”You can say, “Hello! How are you?”“Do you like China?” These are good ways to start a conversation. And before you begin, you should smile at her! Remember this: Do not be shy. Just try.The third question is about vocabulary. Zhang Lei from Anhui wrote, “I write do wn new words, but I forget them quickly. How can I remember them?”Do not worry. It is natural to forget new words! I suggest you write four or fiv e words a day on pieces of paper and place them in your room. Read the words whe n you see them, and try to use them.Module 2 My home town and my countryUnit 1 It’s taller than many other buildings.Tony: Hey, Daming! How was your weekend?Daming: Pretty good! I went to Shenzhen.Tony: Where’s Shenzhen?Daming: Well, it’s on the coast near Hong Kong. It was a small village about th irty years ago, but today it’s a very big city.Tony: So it’s a newer city than Hong Kong?Daming: Yes, it’s a newer city. In fact, it only became important in the 1980s. It’s getting bigger and busier. Some day it will become as busy as Hong Kong, I ’m sure.Tony: What’s the population of Shenzhen?Daming: It’s over ten million, I think. That’s larger than the population of m any other cities in China. Its streets are much wider and cleaner too. I think i t’s a beautiful city.Tony: I’d like to go to there one day.Daming: Remember to visit the Diwang Tower. It’s taller than many other buildin gs in Shenzhen.Unit 2 Cambridge is a beautiful city in the east of England.Cambridge, London and EnglandBy Tony SmithI come from Cambridge, a beautiful city in the east of England. It is on the River Cam and has a population of about 120,000. My home is especially famous for its university. Many famous people studied here, such as Isaac Newton and Char les Darwin. There are lots of old buildings and churches to visit. Students and tourists enjoy trips along the river by boat.Cambridge is 80 kilometres from London. London is in the south of England and it is on the River Thames. It has a population of about seven and a half millio n, so it is bigger and busier than Cambridge. It is about 2,000 years old, and i t is famous for Big Ben, Buckingham Palace and Tower Bridge.England itself is a part of an island, and you are always near the sea. The s mall villages and beaches on the coast are popular for holidays. Tourists like t he areas of low and beautiful lakes in the north, and the hills and pretty villa ges in the south. Everywhere in England you will notice how green the countrysid e is.It is never very hot in summer or very cold in winter. So come and see England any time of the year, but bring an umbrella with you. You will need it most day s.Module 3 SportsUnit 1 Nothing is more exciting than playing tennis.Daming: Hey, Tony. Come and watch the football match on TV.Tony: OK. What’s the score?Daming: Spain scored a minute ago.Tony: Wow! That’s fast!Daming: That’s right. Last week the match on TV was so boring because no one sc ored at all. So this week’s match is already more exciting.Betty: What’s the matter with you, Tony? You look tired.Tony: I’m really tired after last night’s tennis match. And I hurt my knee. Daming: That’s too bad! Sit down and watch the match. It’s safer than playing tennis.Betty: Yes, watching is not sure about that. Nothing is more relaxing too! Tony: Well, I’m not sure about that. Nothing is more enjoyable than playing ten nis.Betty: But you enjoyed watching the Olympics on TV, right?Tony: Yes, but that’s because it was cheaper than buying tickets for all the ga mes.Daming: And staying at home was easier than going to the stadium. Oh, look at th at!Tony: Oh, he missed! Oh, bad luck!Daming: Never mind. There’s still plenty of time for them to score.Unit2 This year we practice more carefully.Training hardBy Li DamingIt is Saturday tomorrow, but I am going to school. I am not going for lessons, but to play football. I am in our school team and we a re going to play against another school next week. The practice star ts at 10 am. We all arrive as early as we can so that we have time t o warm up. We are training harder than usual because the other team beat us last year. This year we want to do better.It is more difficult to practise in winter because the days are s hort and the weather is cold too. It gets dark earlier, so it is imp ortant not to be late for after-school practice.Our coach is pleased because we are playing better as a team now. Last year we were sometimes careless when we passed the ball and we lost to the other team in the final match. What a pity! This year w e practise more carefully. That means we have a better chance of win ning.The fan club has fewer people this year. We hope to play well so that we have more fans to watch the matches. It is good to have our fans around. They cheer us on loudly and we feel more confident to w in the game.Module 4 Planes, ships, and trainsUnit1 He lives the farthest from schoolBetty: I was late for school today.Mum: Why? What happened?Betty: I took the bus. There was a road accident, and the traffic wa s very heavy. But nobody was late, except me. Maybe I should go to s chool by taxi.Mum: It’s the most comfortable way, but it’s also the most expensive.Betty: Then what about going by bike?Mum: That’s a good choice, but it’s a bit dangerous. There’s so m uch traffic.Betty: But most of my classmates ride bikes, and it’s quite safe. D on’t worry. I’ll be carefull.Mum: How does Tony go to school?Betty: He lives the farthest from school, so he takes the undergroun d.Mum: And what about Lingling?Betty: Her home is the closest to school, so she walks.Mum: How about Daming?Betty: He goes by bus too, the same as me. But it’s so crowded! And the traffic is heavy.Mum: All right. You can ride your bike to school, but remember to be careful all the time.Unit2 What is the best way to travel?Question: What is the best way to travel from London to Amsterdam.I am planning to travel from London to Amsterdam. How long does t he journey take and what is the best way to travel? Could you please tell me about the trains or ships to get there? The more informatio n, the better. Thanks!Best answer: There are four ways to travel.A journey by train is more relaxing than by coach, but a lot mor e expensive. When you go by train, buy your ticket a long time befor e you travel. It is usually cheaper. You can go by car and by s hip across the North Sea. This is the most comfortable way to travel but also the most expensive. Book your ticket before you book your hotel. Remember that parking in Amsterdam is very expensive, so stay outside the city centre and travel in by bus or by train.The third choice is by coach. This is usually the cheapest, but in summer the coaches sometimes get crowded! And it takes you about twelve hours to get there. However, it will not cost as much as goin g by train.Finally, you can fly. It is the fastest and the second cheapest , but you may have to wait for hours at the airport because of bad w eather.Well, I hope this helps! Have a great trip.Module 5 Lao She TeahouseUnit 1 I wanted to see the Beijing Opera.Listen and readBetty: Lingling and I went to Lao She Teahouse last night.Tony: How was it?Betty: It was great! You know, I wanted to see Beijing Opera, so Li ngling offered to take me there. We drank tea and watched an opera. Tony: Did you understand the opera?Betty: No, it was difficult to understand the words. But the actors and actress were excellent.Tony: How long did you stay?Betty: We only planned to watch for an hour, but in the end, we sta yed for three hours.Tony: Did you enjoyed it?Betty: Well, it was interesting---that’s the main thing. I hope to understand more next time.Tony: Do you often go to see Beijing Opera, Lingling?Lingling: No, I don’t. I wanted to take Betty to the teahouse becau se it’s famous.Tony: Who is Lao She? Betty: No idea. Ask Lingling.Lingling: Lao She is a great writer. He’s especially famous for his play Teahouse.Unit 2 It describes the changes in Chinese society.2 Read the passage and match the heading with the paragraphs.a) Lao She Teahouseb)The Story of Teahousec)Lao She1Teahouse is one of Lao She’s most famous plays. He wrote it in 1957. The play has three acts and shows the lives of common people i n China from the end of the nineteenth century to the middle of twen tieth century. It tells us the story of Wang Lifa and the customers of his teahouse in Beijing. It describes the changes in Chinese soci ety over fifty years around the beginning of the twentieth century.2Lao She was born in Beijing in 1899. His mother sent him to a te acher’s school in 1913. After finishing school in 1918, he became a head teacher of a primary school. In 1924 Lao She left home and wen t to England. He taught Chinese at a college in London and returned to China five years later. He wrote many plays, novels and short sto ries about people’s lives, and was named “the People’s Artist”. Lao She is one of the greatest Chinese writers of the twentieth cent ury.3At Lao She Teahouse today, customers can drink tea and eat delic ious Beijing food. If you like the Beijing Opera, traditional music or magic shows, you can enjoy them at the teahouse. Lao She Teahouse gives a warm welcome to everyone from all over the world.Module 6 Animals in dangerUnit 1 It allows people to get closer to them.Listen and read(Lingling and Betty are leaving the zoo)Lingling: Did you like the zoo?Betty: Yes! I saw the pandas at last! But I am more interested to s ee the pandas in the Wolong Panda Reserve, because it allows peopleto get closer to them.Lingling: It’s sad to think of the pandas and other animals in dang er.Betty: We need to protect them better.Lingling: Yes, Many wild animals don’t have a safe place to live, b ecause villages and farms are growing bigger and are taking away the ir land and forests.Betty: Also, often there isn’t enough clean water, because we’ve made it dirty. I think we all need to help animals live in peace. Lo ok, there’s a notice.Lingling: It says,“Help! We want to save animals in danger, and we need your help.”Betty: But what can we do?Lingling: It says,“Your money pays to look after the animals.”That means we can give money to help protect the animals.Betty: Maybe we can raise some money at school. Let’s find out wha t else we can do to save as many animals as possible.Unit 2 The WWF is working hard to save them all.2 Read the passage and match the heading with the paragraphs.a)Nature parks for pandasb) WWF And animals in dangerc) The panda’s homed) An animal in danger1Pandas are in danger. There are only about 1,600 pandas living i n the wild today. Zoos and research centres are looking after about 340 pandas. Pandas do not have many babies, and baby pandas often di e. The situation is getting very difficult. Scientist are doing a lo t of research to help pandas produce more babies and help baby panda s live.2Pandas live in the forests and mountains of Southwest China. Eac h panda needs to eat a lot of bamboo every day. The bamboo forests are getting smaller, so pandas are losing their home. And there are n ot many pandas left.3In order to protect pandas in the wild, the government is settin g up nature parks and developing other plans. The nature parks will be big and there will be more bamboo to feed the pandas. Pandas born in zoos may go back to live in the nature parks.4The World Wild Fund for Nature (WWF) wants to protect all animal s. And it chose the panda to be its symbol. We do not want to lose t igers, elephants, or any other animals, so the WWF is working hard t o save them all.Module7 A famous storyUnit1 Alice was sitting with her sister by the river.Tony: Hi,Lingling!Lingling: Ssh! I’m reading.Tony: Sorry! What’s the book about?Lingling: It’s about a girl called Alice. One day, Alice was sitting with her sister by the river and she saw a white rabbit with a watch. It ran past.Tony: Why was it running? Lingling: Because it was late. Tony: And w here was it going?Lingling: To see the Queen of Hearts. Alice followed it and fell dow n a hole in the ground.Tony: Yes! Then she saw the Cheshire Cat. It was sitting in a tree a nd smiling at everyone.Lingling: Then Alice arrived at the March Hare’s house. He was sit ting with the Mad Hatter and a mouse. They were having a tea party i n the garden.Tony: And then Alice met the Queen of Hearts. She was playing a stra nge game!Lingling: Do you already know the book?Tony: Yes, It’s Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland. Everyone in Brit ain knows the story.Lingling: Then why did you ask me all those questions?Tony: To see if you remember the story! Ha ha….U2 She was thinking about her cat.Alice was sitting with her sister by the river and her sister wa s reading a book. Alice had nothing to do. Once or twice she looked into her sister’a book. “And what is a book for,” thought Alice,”without pictures or conversations?” Suddenly a white rabbit with pink eyes ran by.There was nothing strange about that. She heard the rabbit say,“Oh dear! Oh dear! I’ll be late!” and she did not think it was s trange. Then the rabbit took a watch out of its pocket and looked at it. A rabbit with a pocket and a watch. Alice got up and ran across the field after it. She saw it go down a large rabbit hole in the g round.Then Alice went down after it, but never thought about how she was going to get out again. She found that she was falling down a ve ry, very deep hole. It was too dark for her to see anything. She was falling for a long time. While she was falling, she was thinking ab out her cat, Dinah. Suddenly she landed on some dry leaves…Module 8Unit1 while the lights were changing to red ,a car suddenly appeared Betty: Good morning, Ms James! You look pale. Are you all right?Ms James: Im OK, but I saw an accident. A boy was riding his bike a nd listening to music on the road.Daming: That’s very dangerous!Ms James: I was waiting to cross the road. While the lights were cha nging to red, a car suddenly appeared round the corner. It wasn’t g oing fast, but it didn’t stop.Lingling: Did the boy stop?Ms James: No. And the driver was talking on his mobile phone.Betty: So did the car hit the boy?Ms James: No, I’m glad to say. The car stopped just in time, but th e boy fell off his bike and hurt his knee.Tony: That’s too bad.Ms James: So when youre on your bike, think about the risk of an a ccident! Pay attention, stop at the red lights and…..what else? Betty: Don’t ride too fastDaming : Don’t ride side by side with your friends.All: Don’t listen to music!Unite 2One day, when Henry was working in a restaurant, a snake suddenly appeared and bit his hand. A few days earlier, the snake arrived from Asia in a box of bananas. It climbed out and hid somewhere.“I was trying to pick it up when it bit me again. I threw it across the kitchen, and it landed on a table.’’While the snake was lying on the table, Henry quickly picked u p his mobile phone and took a photo with it. Then the snake hid behi nd the fridge When Henry was trying to find the snake, his hand be gan to hurt badly. He hurried to hospital. As the doctors were check ing him, the pain got worse . But they could not help him because t hey did not know what kind of snake bit him.As he was lying there in great pain, Henry suddenly remembered the photo. The doctors sent the photo to a zoo. As soon as they le arnt what kind of snake bit him, they gave Henry the right medicine and he left hospital the next day.“So if a snake bites you, take out your mobile phone or camera. T ake its photo, and show the photo to the doctors ‘’, suggests Henr y.“But as you know, the snake won’t smile!”Module 9 PopulationUnit1 the population of China is about 1.37 billionBetty: What are you doing?Tony: I’m preparing some notes for a report called “Our growing po pulation.”Lingling: Well, were in the right place to talk about that! Beijing is a huge city with a big population that causes a lot of problems, such as too much traffic and noise.Betty: Its not only Beijing. Population increase is a big problem in many countries. Do you know how many babies are born every minute i n the world?Tony: No. Can you tell me?Betty: Over 250! That makes over 131.4 million births a yearLingling: I can’t believe it!Betty: The population of China is about 1.37 billion. Thats almost o ne fifth of the world’s population, that is, about 7 billion. Tony: Hang on a minute! I’ll write that down too!Betty: But in the future, Chinas population wont grow so fast, becau se families are getting smaller.Lingling: How do you know all this?Betty: I wrote my report yesterday!Tony: Great, thanks! Now I can write my report!Unit 2Jo is fifteen and lives in Parkville.When Jo’s grandparents first came to Parkville, it was a quiet village. They had a small house. Close to fields md hills. Parkvil le was near Arnwick, a city with 200,000 people. People from Parkvi lle moved to Armwick to find jobs. And they needed places to live.However, it was expensive to live in the city centre, so the government built flats outside the centre. Soon, Parkville became part of Arnwick.And Arnwick became a city with over a million people. Jo ’s family lives in one of those flats. It is very crowded, and rubb ish is also a problem.The small local school in Parkville closed down five years ago, so Jo now has to go to a school in Arnwick with 2,000 pupils. It takes an hour to get there by bus. There is a lot of traffic and pollutio n. It is clear that Arnwick needs more schools, buses and hospitals . It needs fresh air clean water and better public services. It al so needs more police to protect its people. But to do all these thin gs, it needs more money.However, can money help solve all these problems? Do we need mor e big cities like this? In fact, this is just a story. In fact, thi s is just a story.But it describes what is happening all over the world. Could it b e your town some day?Module 10 The weatherUnit 1 It might snowBetty: Hey, boys!Tony: Hi, Betty. Hi, Lingling, Where are you going?Betty: We’re going to the park to skate, There’s thick ice on the lake, Are you coming with US?Tony: Are you joking? It’s really cold today.Daming: And it’s cloudy too so it might snow.Lingling: What’s the temperature?Tony: It’s between minus eight and minus two degrees! Winter is col der here than i England.Daming: Is it snowy in England in December?Tony: Not usually, although this year it snowed quite a lot, Most De cembers are we and rainy.Daming: What’s the weather like in America in winter, Betty?Betty: We have cold winters and hot summers. It’s snowy in New York in winter.Tony: Sounds great ! I like sunny weather, and I like snow as well. But I don’t like showers or windy weather.Betty: Me neither, Rainy weather is terrible! I wish I were in Austr alia now, It’s Probably sunny and hot there.Lingling: You can go to Hainan lsland if you like sunny weather.Betty: One day I will.Lingling: Come on, better get going! We can skate in the park and ge t warm.Unit 2 The weather is fine all year round.The US is a very big country.It is about 3,000 miles from the east coast to the west coast, so choose carefully the places to see and the time to go. Bring a map because you may want to travel around. New York and Washington D.C. are good places to visit in May or October, but in winter there is a lot of snow.The best time to visit New England is in September.The weather gets cooler, and the green leaves start to turn gold, then brown. Bring your camera so you can take photos of the autumn trees.California is on the Pacific coast, and the weather is fine a ll year round. Take your swimming clothes because you might want to go swimming in the sea, even in December.In Seattle, in the northwest, it is not very cold but it rains a l ot, so bring an umbrella.In Alaska the days are long and warm in summer, but may be cool in t he evening. In winter, Alaska can be very very cold. If you want t o visit Alaska, you had better go in summer. Do not forget to brin g a warm sweater with you.In Texas and the southeast, it is usually very hot and sunny compa red to other places.There are storms from time to time in summer and autumn.So when is the best time to visit the US? Any time you like!Module 11 Way of lifeUnit 1 In China, we open a gift laterBetty: Happy birthday, Lingling.Daming: Here’s your gift.Lingling: Oh, you remembered! What a surprise!Tony: You can open it!Lingling: I don’t think I should open it now. In China, we open a gift later.Betty: But back in the US, we open a gift immediately.Lingling: So what do I do?Betty: You needn’t wait!(Lingling opens her present and finds a dictionary.)Lingling: Oh, thank you. I really wanted one.Betty: We’re happy you like it.Tony: I noticed another difference. In China, you accept a gift with both hands. But in the West, we usually don’t pay much attention t o that.Betty: That’s interesting! I’m interested to know all the Chinese traditions. Tell me more.Lingling: There are a lot. For example, in my home town, people say you mustn’t do any cleaning on the first day of the Spring Festival . And you mustn’t break anything. It’s bad luck!Daming: You must only use red paper for hongbao because red means lu ck. And you’d better not cut your hair during the Spring Festival m onth.Daming: And in the north of China, people eat lots of jiaozi! Betty: Perfect! They taste great.Tony: I like eating jiaozi too. Anyway, the Spring Festival is stil l over a month away. Let’s celebrate Lingling’s birthday first!Unit 2 In England you usually drink tea with milk.My experiences in England. I went to England last year. I enjoy ed my stay, and I noticed something interesting with the English way of life.For example, you must say Mr or Mrs when you meet someone f or the first time. When you get to know each other better or when t hey ask you to, you can just use their first names.One day we visited some friends and had afternoon tea together. Af ternoon tea is not just a drink but a light meal at around 4 pm. We ate sandwiches and a large fruit cake.In England you usually drink tea with milk.So I tried to drink tea with milk too.Fish and chips is the traditional food in England. You can buy it an d eat it in special fish and chip shops on the high street, or you c an take it away and eat it with your fingers. It is delicious!At the bus stop you must not push your way onto the bus. You nee d to stand in a line behind the other people and wait your turn. So metimes people are slow to get on the bus.Once I noticed a gentleman touch a young man on the shoulder, smil e politely and say, “Excuse me! Are you waiting for this bus?” He was really polite.Module 12 HelpUnit1 What should we do before help arrives?Ms James: This mornings class is about first aid, or giving someo ne basic medical help. Let’s imagine an accident. A boy is lying at the bottom of the stairs. H e isn’t moving or making a sound. He is in pain. What can we do to help hi m? Betty: First of all, find out what’s wrong with him.Ms James: How do we do that?Betty: Ask him.Ms James: Ok. But he could have trouble hearing you or speaking to you.Lingling: Shout for help? Call 120?Ms James: Good idea, but what should we do before help arrives? Tony: Make him comfortable.Ms James: And how can we do that?Tony: Lift him up and sit him on a chair?Ms James: No, that could be harmful! You could drop him and hurt him even more. Betty, you must know! You did some basic medical trainin g.Betty: Make sure he’s warm. Cover him with a coat.Ms James: That’s such good advice that you could be a doctor, Betty!Unit 2 Stay away from windows and heavy furniture.What to do in an earthquakeEarthquakes always happen suddenly, so it is difficult to warn peo ple about them.Usually people have little or no idea about what to do during an ear thquake, so here is some advice. Inside Do not jump out of high buil dings. Hide under a table. Stay away from windows and heavy furnitur e. Keep clear of fires. Leave the building quickly when the ground s tops shaking, but do not use the lift.Keep calm, especially when you are with other people. Be brave and be helpful.Outside Move away from buildings, because parts of a building ma y fall on you. Do not stand near street lights or under power lines. Stay away from bridges and trees. If you are in a bus or car, stay in it.In the mountains, be careful of falling rocks.On a beach, run away from the sea and move quickly to higher ground.In short, follow what you learnt in school. You can be safe and y ou can also help save others。

外研版八年级上册英语课文(全册).pdf

外研版八年级上册英语课文(全册).pdf

Module 1 How to learn EnglishUnit 1 Let’s try to speak English as much as possible.Ms James: Welcome back, everyone! Today, we’re going to talk about good ways to learn English. Ready? Who has some advice?Lingling: We should always speak English in class.Ms James: Good! Let’s try to speak English as much as possible.Daming: Why not write down the mistakes in our notebooks?Ms James: That’s a good idea. And don’t forget to write down the correct answers next to the mistak es. What else?Lingling: It’s a good idea to spell and pronounce new words aloud every day.Ms James: Thanks a lot, Lingling. How about listening to the radio?Lingling: Yes, that’s good for our pronunciation too. But there are so many new word. Ms James: Y ou don’t need to understand every word. You just need to listen for key words and main ideas. Daming: That’s the same for reading. English stories are so interesting. I get to know a lot about the world through reading.Lingling: I think writing is also important. Why don’t we try to find some English pen friends? We can write to them. Ms James: Excellent! I agree with you.Unit 2 You should smile at her!Send your questions to Diana, the Language Doctor.Many students ask for advice about how to improve their English. Here are three basic questions. The first question is about understanding English films and songs. Li Hao from Hubei wrote, “I li ke watching English films and listening to English songs, but I can only understand a little. What ca n I do?”Watching films and listening to songs are great way to learn English! Watch and listen several tim es, and guess the meaning of the new words. Each time you will learn something new. I also advise you to talk about the films or songs with your friends.The second question is about speaking. Wang Fan from Jilin wrote, “Our school has a teacher fro m the US. I am shy and I am afraid to speak to her. What should I do?”You can say, “Hello! How are you?”“Do you like China?” These are good ways to start a conversat ion. And before you begin, you should smile at her! Remember this: Do not be shy. Just try.The third question is about vocabulary. Zhang Lei from Anhui wrote, “I write down new words, but I forget them quickly. How can I remember them?”Do not worry. It is natural to forget new words! I suggest you write four or five words a day on piec es of paper and place them in your room. Read the words when you see them, and try to use them. Module 2 My home town and my countryUnit 1 It’s taller than many other buildings.Tony: Hey, Daming! How was your weekend?Daming: Pretty good! I went to Shenzhen.Tony: Where’s Shenzhen?Daming: Well, it’s on the coast near Hong Kong. It was a small village about thirty years ago, but to day it’s a very big city.Tony: So it’s a newer city than Hong Kong?Daming: Yes, it’s a newer city. In fact, it only became important in the 1980s.It’s getting bigger and busier. Some day it will become as busy as Hong Kong, I’m sure.Tony: What’s the population of Shenzhen?Daming: It’s over ten million, I think. That’s larger than the population of many other cities in Chin a. Its streets are much wider and cleaner too. I think it’s a beautiful city.Tony: I’d like to go to there one day.Daming: Remember to visit the Diwang Tower. It’s taller than many other buildings in Shenzhen.Unit 2 Cambridge is a beautiful city in the east of England.Cambridge, London and EnglandBy Tony SmithI come from Cambridge, a beautiful city in the east of England. It is on the River Cam and has a population of about 120,000. My home is especially famous for its university. Many famous people studied here, such as Isaac Newton and Charles Darwin. There are lots of old buildings and church es to visit. Students and tourists enjoy trips along the river by boat.Cambridge is 80 kilometres from London. London is in the south of England and it is on the Riv er Thames. It has a population of about seven and a half million, so it is bigger and busier than Cam bridge. It is about 2,000 years old, and it is famous for Big Ben, Buckingham Palace and Tower Bri dge.England itself is a part of an island, and you are always near the sea. The small villages and bea ches on the coast are popular for holidays. Tourists like the areas of low and beautiful lakes in the n orth, and the hills and pretty villages in the south. Everywhere in England you will notice how gree n the countryside is.It is never very hot in summer or very cold in winter. So come and see England any time of the ye ar, but bring an umbrella with you. You will need it most days.Module 3 SportsUnit 1 Nothing is more exciting than playing tennis.Daming: Hey, Tony. Come and watch the football match on TV.Tony: OK. What’s the score?Daming: Spain scored a minute ago.Tony: Wow! That’s fast!Daming: That’s right. Last week the match on TV was so boring because no one scored at all. So thi s week’s match is already more exciting.Betty: What’s the matter with you, Tony? You look tired.Tony: I’m really tired after last night’s tennis match. And I hurt my knee.Daming: That’s too bad! Sit down and watch the match. It’s safer than playing tennis.Betty: Yes, watching is not sure about that. Nothing is more relaxing too!Tony: Well, I’m not sure about that. Nothing is more enjoyable than playing tennis.Betty: But you enjoyed watching the Olympics on TV, right?Tony: Yes, but that’s because it was cheaper than buying tickets for all the games.Daming: And staying at home was easier than going to the stadium. Oh, look at that!Tony: Oh, he missed! Oh, bad luck!Daming: Never mind. There’s still plenty of time for them to score.Unit2 This year we practice more carefully.Training hardBy Li Daming It is Saturday tomorrow, but I am going to school. I am not going for lessons, but to play football. I am in our school team and we are going to play against another sch ool next week. The practice starts at 10 am. We all arrive as early as we can so that w e have time to warm up. We are training harder than usual because the other team bea t us last year. This year we want to do better.It is more difficult to practise in winter because the days are short and the weather is cold too. It gets dark earlier, so it is important not to be late for after-school practic e.Our coach is pleased because we are playing better as a team now. Last year we w ere sometimes careless when we passed the ball and we lost to the other team in the fi nal match. What a pity! This year we practise more carefully. That means we have a b etter chance of winning.The fan club has fewer people this year. We hope to play well so that we have mo re fans to watch the matches. It is good to have our fans around. They cheer us on lou dly and we feel more confident to win the game.Module 4 Planes, ships, and trainsUnit1 He lives the farthest from schoolBetty: I was late for school today.Mum: Why? What happened?Betty: I took the bus. There was a road accident, and the traffic was very heavy. But n obody was late, except me. Maybe I should go to school by taxi.Mum: It’s the most comfortable way, but it’s also the most expensive.Betty: Then what about going by bike?Mum: That’s a good choice, but it’s a bit dangerous. There’s so much traffic. Betty: But most of my classmates ride bikes, and it’s quite safe. Don’t worry. I’ll be c arefull.Mum: How does Tony go to school?Betty: He lives the farthest from school, so he takes the underground.Mum: And what about Lingling?Betty: Her home is the closest to school, so she walks.Mum: How about Daming?Betty: He goes by bus too, the same as me. But it’s so crowded! And the traffic is hea vy.Mum: All right. You can ride your bike to school, but remember to be careful all the ti me.Unit2 What is the best way to travel?Question: What is the best way to travel from London to Amsterdam.I am planning to travel from London to Amsterdam. How long does the journey ta ke and what is the best way to travel? Could you please tell me about the trains or shi ps to get there? The more information, the better. Thanks!Best answer: There are four ways to travel.A journey by train is more relaxing than by coach, but a lot more expensive. When you go by train, buy your ticket a long time before you travel. It is usually cheaper.You can go by car and by ship across the North Sea. This is the most comfortable way to travel but also the most expensive. Book your ticket before you book your hot el. Remember that parking in Amsterdam is very expensive, so stay outside the city c entre and travel in by bus or by train.The third choice is by coach. This is usually the cheapest, but in summer the coach es sometimes get crowded! And it takes you about twelve hours to get there. However , it will not cost as much as going by train.Finally, you can fly. It is the fastest and the second cheapest, but you may have to wait for hours at the airport because of bad weather.Well, I hope this helps! Have a great trip.Module 5 Lao She TeahouseUnit 1 I wanted to see the Beijing Opera.Listen and readBetty: Lingling and I went to Lao She Teahouse last night.Tony: How was it?Betty: It was great! You know, I wanted to see Beijing Opera, so Lingling offered to t ake me there. We drank tea and watched an opera.Tony: Did you understand the opera?Betty: No, it was difficult to understand the words. But the actors and actress were ex cellent.Tony: How long did you stay?Betty: We only planned to watch for an hour, but in the end, we stayed for three hour s.Tony: Did you enjoyed it?Betty: Well, it was interesting---that’s the main thing. I hope to understand more next time.Tony: Do you often go to see Beijing Opera, Lingling?Lingling: No, I don’t. I wanted to take Betty to the teahouse because it’s famous. Tony: Who is Lao She? Betty: No idea. Ask Lingling.Lingling: Lao She is a great writer. He’s especially famous for his play Teahouse.Unit 2 It describes the changes in Chinese society.2 Read the passage and match the heading with the paragraphs.a) Lao She Teahouseb)The Story of Teahousec)Lao She1Teahouse is one of Lao She’s most famous plays. He wrote it in 1957. The play has three acts and shows the lives of common people in China from the end of the nin eteenth century to the middle of twentieth century. It tells us the story of Wang Lifa a nd the customers of his teahouse in Beijing. It describes the changes in Chinese societ y over fifty years around the beginning of the twentieth century.2Lao She was born in Beijing in 1899. His mother sent him to a teacher’s school i n 1913. After finishing school in 1918, he became a head teacher of a primary school. In 1924 Lao She left home and went to England. He taught Chinese at a college in L ondon and returned to China five years later. He wrote many plays, novels and short s tories about people’s lives, and was named “the People’s Artist”. Lao She is one of the greatest Chinese writers of the twentieth century.3At Lao She Teahouse today, customers can drink tea and eat delicious Beijing fo od. If you like the Beijing Opera, traditional music or magic shows, you can enjoy the m at the teahouse. Lao She Teahouse gives a warm welcome to everyone from all ove r the world.Module 6 Animals in dangerUnit 1 It allows people to get closer to them.Listen and read(Lingling and Betty are leaving the zoo)Lingling: Did you like the zoo?Betty: Yes! I saw the pandas at last! But I am more interested to see the pandas in the Wolong Panda Reserve, because it allows people to get closer to them.Lingling: It’s sad to think of the pandas and other animals in danger.Betty: We need to protect them better.Lingling: Yes, Many wild animals don’t have a safe place to live, because villages and farms are growing bigger and are taking away their land and forests.Betty: Also, often there isn’t enough clean water, because we’ve made it dirty. I think we all need to help animals live in peace. Look, there’s a notice.Lingling: It says,“Help! We want to save animals in danger, and we need your help.”Betty: But what can we do?Lingling: It says,“Your money pays to look after the animals.”That means we can giv e money to help protect the animals.Betty: Maybe we can raise some money at school. Let’s find out what else we can do to save as many animals as possible.Unit 2 The WWF is working hard to save them all.2 Read the passage and match the heading with the paragraphs.a)Nature parks for pandasb) WWF And animals in dangerc) The panda’s homed) An animal in danger1Pandas are in danger. There are only about 1,600 pandas living in the wild today. Zoos and research centres are looking after about 340 pandas. Pandas do not have m any babies, and baby pandas often die. The situation is getting very difficult. Scientist are doing a lot of research to help pandas produce more babies and help baby pandas live.2Pandas live in the forests and mountains of Southwest China. Each panda needs to eat a lot of bamboo every day. The bamboo forests are getting smaller, so pandas are losing their home. And there are not many pandas left.3In order to protect pandas in the wild, the government is setting up nature parks and developing other plans. The nature parks will be big and there will be more bamb oo to feed the pandas. Pandas born in zoos may go back to live in the nature parks.4The World Wild Fund for Nature (WWF) wants to protect all animals. And it cho se the panda to be its symbol. We do not want to lose tigers, elephants, or any other a nimals, so the WWF is working hard to save them all.Module7 A famous storyUnit1 Alice was sitting with her sister by the river.Tony: Hi,Lingling!Lingling: Ssh! I’m reading.Tony: Sorry! What’s the book about?Lingling: It’s about a girl called Alice. One day, Alice was sitting with her sister by the river and she saw a white rabbit with a watch. It ran past.Tony: Why was it running? Lingling: Because it was late. Tony: And where was it goi ng?Lingling: To see the Queen of Hearts. Alice followed it and fell down a hole in the ground.Tony: Yes! Then she saw the Cheshire Cat. It was sitting in a tree and smiling at ever yone.Lingling: Then Alice arrived at the March Hare’s house. He was sitting with the Mad Hatter and a mouse. They were having a tea party in the garden.Tony: And then Alice met the Queen of Hearts. She was playing a strange game!Lingling: Do you already know the book?Tony: Yes, It’s Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland. Everyone in Britain knows the stor y.Lingling: Then why did you ask me all those questions?Tony: To see if you remember the story! Ha ha….U2 She was thinking about her cat.Alice was sitting with her sister by the river and her sister was reading a book. A lice had nothing to do. Once or twice she looked into her sister’a book. “And what is a book for,” thought Alice,”without pictures or conversations?” Suddenly a white rab bit with pink eyes ran by.There was nothing strange about that. She heard the rabbit say, “Oh dear! Oh dea r! I’ll be late!” and she did not think it was strange. Then the rabbit took a watch out o f its pocket and looked at it. A rabbit with a pocket and a watch. Alice got up and ran across the field after it. She saw it go down a large rabbit hole in the ground.Then Alice went down after it, but never thought about how she was going to ge t out again. She found that she was falling down a very, very deep hole. It was too dar k for her to see anything. She was falling for a long time. While she was falling, she was thinking about her cat, Dinah. Suddenly she landed on some dry leaves…Module 8Unit1 while the lights were changing to red ,a car suddenly appearedBetty: Good morning, Ms James! You look pale. Are you all right?Ms James: Im OK, but I saw an accident. A boy was riding his bike and listening to music on the road.Daming: That’s very dangerous!Ms James: I was waiting to cross the road. While the lights were changing to red, a ca r suddenly appeared round the corner. It wasn’t going fast, but it didn’t stop. Lingling: Did the boy stop?Ms James: No. And the driver was talking on his mobile phone.Betty: So did the car hit the boy?Ms James: No, I’m glad to say. The car stopped just in time, but the boy fell off his bi ke and hurt his knee.Tony: That’s too bad.Ms James: So when youre on your bike, think about the risk of an accident! Pay atte ntion, stop at the red lights and…..what else?Betty: Don’t ride too fastDaming : Don’t ride side by side with your friends.All: Don’t listen to music!Unite 2One day, when Henry was working in a restaurant, a snake suddenly appeared and bit his hand. A few days earlier, the snake arrived from Asia in a box of bananas. It c limbed out and hid somewhere.“I was trying to pick it up when it bit me again. I threw it across the kitchen, an d it landed on a table.’’While the snake was lying on the table, Henry quickly picked up his mobile phon e and took a photo with it. Then the snake hid behind the fridge When Henry was try ing to find the snake, his hand began to hurt badly. He hurried to hospital. As the do ctors were checking him, the pain got worse . But they could not help him because t hey did not know what kind of snake bit him.As he was lying there in great pain, Henry suddenly remembered the photo. The doctors sent the photo to a zoo. As soon as they learnt what kind of snake bit him, th ey gave Henry the right medicine and he left hospital the next day.“So if a snake bites you, take out your mobile phone or camera. Take its photo, an d show the photo to the doctors ‘’, suggests Henry.“But as you know, the snake won’t smile!”Module 9 PopulationUnit1 the population of China is about 1.37 billionBetty: What are you doing?Tony: I’m preparing some notes for a report called “Our growing population.”Lingling: Well, w e re in the right place to talk about that! Beijing is a huge city with a big population that causes a lot of problems, such as too much traffic and noise. Betty: Its not only Beijing. Population increase is a big problem in many countries. D o you know how many babies are born every minute in the world?Tony: No. Can you tell me?Betty: Over 250! That makes over 131.4 million births a yearLingling: I can’t believe it!Betty: The population of China is about 1.37 billion. Thats almost one fifth of the wor ld’s population, that is, about 7 billion.Tony: Hang on a minute! I’ll write that down too!Betty: But in the future, Chinas population wont grow so fast, because families are ge tting smaller.Lingling: How do you know all this?Betty: I wrote my report yesterday!Tony: Great, thanks! Now I can write my report!Unit 2Jo is fifteen and lives in Parkville.When Jo’s grandparents first came to Parkville, it was a quiet village. They had a small house. Close to fields md hills. Parkville was near Arnwick, a city with 200,00 0 people. People from Parkville moved to Armwick to find jobs. And they needed p laces to live.However, it was expensive to live in the city centre, so the government built flats o utside the centre. Soon, Parkville became part of Arnwick.And Arnwick became a ci ty with over a million people. Jo’s family lives in one of those flats. It is very crowde d, and rubbish is also a problem.The small local school in Parkville closed down five years ago, so Jo now has to g o to a school in Arnwick with 2,000 pupils. It takes an hour to get there by bus. There is a lot of traffic and pollution. It is clear that Arnwick needs more schools, buses and hospitals. It needs fresh air clean water and better public services. It also needs mor e police to protect its people. But to do all these things, it needs more money. However, can money help solve all these problems? Do we need more big cities l ike this? In fact, this is just a story. In fact, this is just a story.But it describes what is happening all over the world. Could it be your town some day?Module 10 The weatherUnit 1 It might snowBetty: Hey, boys!Tony: Hi, Betty. Hi, Lingling, Where are you going?Betty: We’re going to the park to skate, There’s thick ice on the lake, Are you comin g with US?Tony: Are you joking? It’s really cold today.Daming: And it’s cloudy too so it might snow.Lingling: What’s the temperature?Tony: It’s between minus eight and minus two degrees! Winter is colder here than i E ngland.Daming: Is it snowy in England in December?Tony: Not usually, although this year it snowed quite a lot, Most Decembers are we a nd rainy.Daming: What’s the weather like in America in winter, Betty?Betty: We have cold winters and hot summers. It’s snowy in New York in winter. Tony: Sounds great ! I like sunny weather, and I like snow as well. But I don’t like sh owers or windy weather.Betty: Me neither, Rainy weather is terrible! I wish I were in Australia now, It’s Proba bly sunny and hot there.Lingling: You can go to Hainan lsland if you like sunny weather.Betty: One day I will.Lingling: Come on, better get going! We can skate in the park and get warm.Unit 2 The weather is fine all year round.The US is a very big country.It is about 3,000 miles from the east coast to the west coast, so choose carefully the places to see and the time to go. Bring a map because you may want to travel aroun d. New York and Washington D.C. are good places to visit in May or October, but in winter there is a lot of snow.The best time to visit New England is in September.The weather gets cooler, and the green leaves start to turn gold, then brown. Brin g your camera so you can take photos of the autumn trees.California is on the Pacific coast, and the weather is fine all year round. Take your swimming clothes because y ou might want to go swimming in the sea, even in December.In Seattle, in the northwest, it is not very cold but it rains a lot, so bring an umbrell a.In Alaska the days are long and warm in summer, but may be cool in the evening. In winter, Alaska can be very very cold. If you want to visit Alaska, you had better go i n summer. Do not forget to bring a warm sweater with you.In Texas and the southeast, it is usually very hot and sunny compared to other plac es. There are storms from time to time in summer and autumn.So when is the best time to visit the US? Any time you like!Module 11 Way of lifeUnit 1 In China, we open a gift laterBetty: Happy birthday, Lingling.Daming: Here’s your gift.Lingling: Oh, you remembered! What a surprise!Tony: You can open it!Lingling: I don’t think I should open it now. In China, we open a gift later.Betty: But back in the US, we open a gift immediately.Lingling: So what do I do?Betty: You needn’t wait!(Lingling opens her present and finds a dictionary.)Lingling: Oh, thank you. I really wanted one.Betty: We’re happy you like it.Tony: I noticed another difference. In China, you accept a gift with both hands. But in the West, we usually don’t pay much attention to that.Betty: That’s interesting! I’m interested to know all the Chinese traditions. Tell me m ore.Lingling: There are a lot. For example, in my home town, people say you mustn’t do any cleaning on the first day of the Spring Festival. And you mustn’t break anything. It’s bad luck!Daming: You must only use red paper for hongbao because red means luck. And you’d better not cut your hair during the Spring Festival month.Daming: And in the north of China, people eat lots of jiaozi!Betty: Perfect! They taste great.Tony: I like eating jiaozi too. Anyway, the Spring Festival is still over a month away. Let’s celebrate Lingling’s birthday first!Unit 2 In England you usually drink tea with milk.My experiences in England. I went to England last year. I enjoyed my stay, and I noticed something interesting with the English way of life.For example, you must sayMr or Mrs when you meet someone for the first time. When you get to know each ot her better or when they ask you to, you can just use their first names.One day we visited some friends and had afternoon tea together. Afternoon tea is n ot just a drink but a light meal at around 4 pm. We ate sandwiches and a large fruit c ake.In England you usually drink tea with milk.So I tried to drink tea with milk too. Fish and chips is the traditional food in England. You can buy it and eat it in special fi sh and chip shops on the high street, or you can take it away and eat it with your finge rs. It is delicious!At the bus stop you must not push your way onto the bus. You need to stand in a line behind the other people and wait your turn. Sometimes people are slow to get o n the bus.Once I noticed a gentleman touch a young man on the shoulder, smile politely and say, “Excuse me! Are you waiting for this bus?” He was really polite.Module 12 HelpUnit1 What should we do before help arrives?Ms James: This mornings class is about first aid, or giving someone basic medical help. Let’s imagine an accident. A boy is lying at the bottom of the stairs. He isn’t moving or making a sound. He is in pain. What can we do to help him?Betty: First of all, find out what’s wrong with him.Ms James: How do we do that?Betty: Ask him.Ms James: Ok. But he could have trouble hearing you or speaking to you.Lingling: Shout for help? Call 120?Ms James: Good idea, but what should we do before help arrives?Tony: Make him comfortable.Ms James: And how can we do that?Tony: Lift him up and sit him on a chair?Ms James: No, that could be harmful! You could drop him and hurt him even more. B etty, you must know! You did some basic medical training.Betty: Make sure he’s warm. Cover him with a coat.Ms James: That’s such good advice that you could be a doctor, Betty!Unit 2 Stay away from windows and heavy furniture.What to do in an earthquakeEarthquakes always happen suddenly, so it is difficult to warn people about them. Usually people have little or no idea about what to do during an earthquake, so here is some advice. Inside Do not jump out of high buildings. Hide under a table. Stay awa y from windows and heavy furniture. Keep clear of fires. Leave the building quickly when the ground stops shaking, but do not use the lift.Keep calm, especially when yo u are with other people. Be brave and be helpful.Outside Move away from buildings, because parts of a building may fall on you. Do not stand near street lights or under power lines. Stay away from bridges and tree s. If you are in a bus or car, stay in it.In the mountains, be careful of falling rocks.On a beach, run away from the sea and move quickly to higher ground.In short, follow what you learnt in school. You can be safe and you can also help save others。

外研版八年级上册全册英语课文电子版

外研版八年级上册全册英语课文电子版

外研版八年级上册全册英语课文电子版Module 1 How to learn EnglishUnit 1 Let’s try to speak English as much as possible.Ms James: Welcome back, everyone! Today, we’re going to talk about good ways to learn English. Ready? Who has some advice?Lingling: We should always speak English in class.Ms James: Good! Let’s try to speak English as much as possible.Daming: Why not write down the mistakes in our notebooks?Ms James: That’s a good idea. And don’t forget to write down the correct answers next to the mista kes. What else?Lingling: It’s a good idea to spell and pronounce new words aloud every day.Ms James: Thanks a lot, Lingling. How about listening to the radio?Lingling: Yes, that’s good for our pronunciation too. But there are so many new word. Ms James: Y ou don’t need to understand every word. You just need to listen for key words and main ideas. Daming: That’s the same for reading. English stories are so interesting. I get to know a lot about the world through reading.Lingling: I think writing is also important. Why don’t we try to find some English pen friends? We can write to them. Ms James: Excellent! I agree with you.Unit 2 You should smile at her!Send your questions to Diana, the Language Doctor.Many students ask for advice about how to improve their English. Here are three basic questions. The first question is about understanding English films and songs. Li Hao from Hubei wrote, “I li ke watching English films and listening to English songs, but I can only understand a little. What ca n I do?”Watching films and listening to songs are great way to learn English! Watch and listen several ti mes, and guess the meaning of the new words. Each time you will learn something new. I also advis e you to talk about the films or songs with your friends.The second question is about speaking. Wang Fan from Jilin wrote, “Our school has a teacher from the US. I am shy and I am afraid to speak to her. What should I do?”You can say, “Hello! How are you?” “Do you like China?” These are good ways to start a conversat ion. And before you begin, you should smile at her! Remember this: Do not be shy. Just try.The third question is about vocabulary. Zhang Lei from Anhui wrote, “I write down new words, but I forget them quickly. How can I remember them?”Do not worry. It is natural to forget new words! I suggest you write four or five words a day on piec es of paper and place them in your room. Read the words when you see them, and try to use them.Module 2 My home town and my countryUnit 1 It’s taller than many other buildings.Tony: Hey, Daming! How was your weekend?Daming: Pretty good! I went to Shenzhen.Tony: Where’s Shenzhen?Daming: Well, it’s on the coast near Hong Kong. It was a small village about thirty years ago, but to day it’s a very big city.Tony: So it’s a newer city than Hong Kong?Daming: Yes, it’s a newer city. In fact, it only became important in the 1980s.It’s getting bigger and busier. Some day it will become as busy as Hong Kong, I’m sure.Tony: What’s the population of Shenzhen?Daming: It’s over ten million, I think. That’s larger than the population of many other cities in Chin a. Its streets are much wider and cleaner too. I think it’s a beautiful city.Tony: I’d like to go to there one day.Daming: Remember to visit the Diwang Tower. It’s taller than many other buildings in Shenzhen.Unit 2 Cambridge is a beautiful city in the east of England.Cambridge, London and EnglandBy Tony SmithI come from Cambridge, a beautiful city in the east of England. It is on the River Cam and has a population of about 120,000. My home is especially famous for its university. Many famous people studied here, such as Isaac Newton and Charles Darwin. There are lots of old buildings and church es to visit. Students and tourists enjoy trips along the river by boat.Cambridge is 80 kilometres from London. London is in the south of England and it is on the Riv er Thames. It has a population of about seven and a half million, so it is bigger and busier than Cam bridge. It is about 2,000 years old, and it is famous for Big Ben, Buckingham Palace and Tower Bri dge.England itself is a part of an island, and you are always near the sea. The small villages and bea ches on the coast are popular for holidays. Tourists like the areas of low and beautiful lakes in the n orth, and the hills and pretty villages in the south. Everywhere in England you will notice how gree n the countryside is.It is never very hot in summer or very cold in winter. So come and see England any time of the y ear, but bring an umbrella with you. You will need it most days.Module 3 SportsUnit 1 Nothing is more exciting than playing tennis.Daming: Hey, Tony. Come and watch the football match on TV.Tony: OK. What’s the score?Daming: Spain scored a minute ago.Tony: Wow! That’s fast!Daming: That’s right. Last week the match on TV was so boring because no one scored at all. So thi s week’s match is already more exciting.Betty: What’s the matter with you, Tony? You look tired.Tony: I’m really tired after last night’s tennis match. And I hurt my knee.Daming: That’s too bad! Sit down and watch the match. It’s safer than playing tennis.Betty: Yes, watching is not sure about that. Nothing is more relaxing too!Tony: Well, I’m not sure about that. Nothing is more enjoyable than playing tennis.Betty: But you enjoyed watching the Olympics on TV, right?Tony: Yes, but that’s because it was cheaper than buying tickets for all the games.Daming: And staying at home was easier than going to the stadium. Oh, look at that!Tony: Oh, he missed! Oh, bad luck!Daming: Never mind. There’s still plenty of time for them to score.Unit2 This year we practice more carefully.Training hardBy Li Daming It is Saturday tomorrow, but I am going to school. I am not going for lessons, but to play football. I am in our school team and we are going to play against another sch ool next week. The practice starts at 10 am. We all arrive as early as we can so that w e have time to warm up. We are training harder than usual because the other team bea t us last year. This year we want to do better.It is more difficult to practise in winter because the days are short and the weather is cold too. It gets dark earlier, so it is important not to be late for after-school practice.Our coach is pleased because we are playing better as a team now. Last year we w ere sometimes careless when we passed the ball and we lost to the other team in the fi nal match. What a pity! This year we practise more carefully. That means we have a better chance of winning.The fan club has fewer people this year. We hope to play well so that we have mo re fans to watch the matches. It is good to have our fans around. They cheer us on lou dly and we feel more confident to win the game.Module 4 Planes, ships, and trainsUnit1 He lives the farthest from schoolBetty: I was late for school today.Mum: Why? What happened?Betty: I took the bus. There was a road accident, and the traffic was very heavy. But n obody was late, except me. Maybe I should go to school by taxi.Mum: It’s the most comfortable way, but it’s also the most expensive.Betty: Then what about going by bike?Mum: That’s a good choice, but it’s a bit dangerous. There’s so much traffic. Betty: But most of my classmates ride bikes, and it’s quite safe. Don’t worry. I’ll be c arefull.Mum: How does Tony go to school?Betty: He lives the farthest from school, so he takes the underground.Mum: And what about Lingling?Betty: Her home is the closest to school, so she walks.Mum: How about Daming?Betty: He goes by bus too, the same as me. But it’s so crowded! And the traffic is hea vy.Mum: All right. You can ride your bike to school, but remember to be careful all the t ime.Unit2 What is the best way to travel?Question: What is the best way to travel from London to Amsterdam.I am planning to travel from London to Amsterdam. How long does the journey ta ke and what is the best way to travel? Could you please tell me about the trains or shi ps to get there? The more information, the better. Thanks!Best answer: There are four ways to travel.A journey by train is more relaxing than by coach, but a lot more expensive. When you go by train, buy your ticket a long time before you travel. It is usually cheaper.You can go by car and by ship across the North Sea. This is the most comfortable wa y to travel but also the most expensive. Book your ticket before you book your hotel. Remember that parking in Amsterdam is very expensive, so stay outside the city cent re and travel in by bus or by train.The third choice is by coach. This is usually the cheapest, but in summer the coach es sometimes get crowded! And it takes you about twelve hours to get there. Howeve r, it will not cost as much as going by train.Finally, you can fly. It is the fastest and the second cheapest, but you may have t o wait for hours at the airport because of bad weather.Well, I hope this helps! Have a great trip.Module 5 Lao She TeahouseUnit 1 I wanted to see the Beijing Opera.Listen and readBetty: Lingling and I went to Lao She Teahouse last night.Tony: How was it?Betty: It was great! You know, I wanted to see Beijing Opera, so Lingling offered to take me there. We drank tea and watched an opera.Tony: Did you understand the opera?Betty: No, it was difficult to understand the words. But the actors and actress were e xcellent.Tony: How long did you stay?Betty: We only planned to watch for an hour, but in the end, we stayed for three hour s.Tony: Did you enjoyed it?Betty: Well, it was interesting---that’s the main thing. I hope to understand more next time.Tony: Do you often go to see Beijing Opera, Lingling?Lingling: No, I don’t. I wanted to take Betty to the teahouse because it’s famous. Tony: Who is Lao She? Betty: No idea. Ask Lingling.Lingling: Lao She is a great writer. He’s especially famous for his play Teahouse.Unit 2 It describes the changes in Chinese society.2 Read the passage and match the heading with the paragraphs.a) Lao She Teahouseb)The Story of Teahousec)Lao She1Teahouse is one of Lao She’s most famous plays. He wrote it in 1957. The play has three acts and shows the lives of common people in China from the end of the nin eteenth century to the middle of twentieth century. It tells us the story of Wang Lifa a nd the customers of his teahouse in Beijing. It describes the changes in Chinese societ y over fifty years around the beginning of the twentieth century.2Lao She was born in Beijing in 1899. His mother sent him to a teacher’s school in 1913. After finishing school in 1918, he became a head teacher of a primary school. In 1924 Lao She left home and went to England. He taught Chinese at a college in L ondon and returned to China five years later. He wrote many plays, novels and short s tories about people’s lives, and was named “the People’s Artist”. Lao She is one of the greatest Chinese writers of the twentieth century.3At Lao She Teahouse today, customers can drink tea and eat delicious Beijing fo od. If you like the Beijing Opera, traditional music or magic shows, you can enjoy the m at the teahouse. Lao She Teahouse gives a warm welcome to everyone from all ove r the world.Module 6 Animals in dangerUnit 1 It allows people to get closer to them.Listen and read(Lingling and Betty are leaving the zoo)Lingling: Did you like the zoo?Betty: Yes! I saw the pandas at last! But I am more interested to see the pandas in the Wolong Panda Reserve, because it allows people to get closer to them.Lingling: It’s sad to think of the pandas and other animals in danger.Betty: We need to protect them better.Lingling: Yes, Many wild animals don’t have a safe place to live, because villages and farms are growing bigger and are taking away their land and forests.Betty: Also, often there isn’t enough clean water, because we’ve made it dirty. I thin k we all need to help animals live in peace. Look, there’s a notice.Lingling: It says,“Help! We want to save animals in danger, and we need your help.” Betty: But what can we do?Lingling: It says,“Your money pays to look after the animals.”That means we can giv e money to help protect the animals.Betty: Maybe we can raise some money at school. Let’s find out what else we can do to save as many animals as possible.Unit 2 The WWF is working hard to save them all.2 Read the passage and match the heading with the paragraphs.a)Nature parks for pandasb) WWF And animals in dangerc) The panda’s homed) An animal in danger1Pandas are in danger. There are only about 1,600 pandas living in the wild today . Zoos and research centres are looking after about 340 pandas. Pandas do not have m any babies, and baby pandas often die. The situation is getting very difficult. Scientist are doing a lot of research to help pandas produce more babies and help baby pandaslive.2Pandas live in the forests and mountains of Southwest China. Each panda needs to eat a lot of bamboo every day. The bamboo forests are getting smaller, so pandas a re losing their home. And there are not many pandas left.3In order to protect pandas in the wild, the government is setting up nature parks and developing other plans. The nature parks will be big and there will be more bamb oo to feed the pandas. Pandas born in zoos may go back to live in the nature parks.4The World Wild Fund for Nature (WWF) wants to protect all animals. And it ch ose the panda to be its symbol. We do not want to lose tigers, elephants, or any other animals, so the WWF is working hard to save them all.Module7 A famous storyUnit1 Alice was sitting with her sister by the river.Tony: Hi,Lingling!Lingling: Ssh! I’m reading.Tony: Sorry! What’s the book about?Lingling: It’s about a girl called Alice. One day, Alice was sitting with her sister by the river and she saw a white rabbit with a watch. It ran past.Tony: Why was it running? Lingling: Because it was late. Tony: And where was it go ing?Lingling: To see the Queen of Hearts. Alice followed it and fell down a hole in the ground.Tony: Yes! Then she saw the Cheshire Cat. It was sitting in a tree and smiling at ever yone.Lingling: Then Alice arrived at the March Hare’s house. He was sitting with the Mad Hatter and a mouse. They were having a tea party in the garden.Tony: And then Alice met the Queen of Hearts. She was playing a strange game!Lingling: Do you already know the book?Tony: Yes, It’s Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland. Everyone in Britain knows the sto ry.Lingling: Then why did you ask me all those questions?Tony: To see if you remember the story! Ha ha….U2 She was thinking about her cat.Alice was sitting with her sister by the river and her sister was reading a book. Alice had nothing to do. Once or twice she looked into her sister’a book. “And what is a book for,” thought Alice,”without pictures or conversations?” Suddenly a white rab bit with pink eyes ran by.There was nothing strange about that. She heard the rabbit say, “Oh dear! Oh dea r! I’ll be late!” and she did not think it was strange. Then the rabbit took a watch out of its pocket and looked at it. A rabbit with a pocket and a watch. Alice got up and ra n across the field after it. She saw it go down a large rabbit hole in the ground.Then Alice went down after it, but never thought about how she was going to ge t out again. She found that she was falling down a very, very deep hole. It was too dar k for her to see anything. She was falling for a long time. While she was falling, she was thinking about her cat, Dinah. Suddenly she landed on some dry leaves…Module 8Unit1 while the lights were changing to red ,a car suddenly appearedBetty: Good morning, Ms James! You look pale. Are you all right?Ms James: Im OK, but I saw an accident. A boy was riding his bike and listening to music on the road.Daming: That’s very dangerous!Ms James: I was waiting to cross the road. While the lights were changing to red, a ca r suddenly appeared round the corner. It wasn’t going fast, but it didn’t stop. Lingling: Did the boy stop?Ms James: No. And the driver was talking on his mobile phone.Betty: So did the car hit the boy?Ms James: No, I’m glad to say. The car stopped just in time, but the boy fell off his bi ke and hurt his knee.Tony: That’s too bad.Ms James: So when youre on your bike, think about the risk of an accident! Pay atte ntion, stop at the red lights and…..what else?Betty: Don’t ride too fastDaming : Don’t ride side by side with your friends.All: Don’t listen to music!Unite 2One day, when Henry was working in a restaurant, a snake suddenly appeared and bit his hand. A few days earlier, the snake arrived from Asia in a box of bananas. It climbed out and hid somewhere.“I was trying to pick it up when it bit me again. I threw it across the kitchen, and i t landed on a table.’’While the snake was lying on the table, Henry quickly picked up his mobile phon e and took a photo with it. Then the snake hid behind the fridge When Henry was try ing to find the snake,his hand began to hurt badly. He hurried to hospital. As the doctors were checking hi m, the pain got worse . But they could not help him because they did not know whatkind of snake bit him.As he was lying there in great pain, Henry suddenly remembered the photo. The doctors sent the photo to a zoo. As soon as they learnt what kind of snake bit him, th ey gave Henry the right medicine and he left hospital the next day.“So if a snake bites you, take out your mobile phone or camera. Take its photo, an d show the photo to the doctors ‘’, suggests Henry.“But as you know, the snake won’t smile!”Module 9 PopulationUnit1 the population of China is about 1.37 billionBetty: What are you doing?Tony: I’m preparing some notes for a report called “Our growing population.” Lingling: Well, were in the right place to talk about that! Beijing is a huge city with a big population that causes a lot of problems, such as too much traffic and noise. Betty: Its not only Beijing. Population increase is a big problem in many countries. D o you know how many babies are born every minute in the world?Tony: No. Can you tell me?Betty: Over 250! That makes over 131.4 million births a yearLingling: I can’t believe it!Betty: The population of China is about 1.37 billion. Thats almost one fifth of the world’s population, that is, about 7 billion.Tony: Hang on a minute! I’ll write that down too!Betty: But in the future, Chinas population wont grow so fast, because families are ge tting smaller.Lingling: How do you know all this?Betty: I wrote my report yesterday!Tony: Great, thanks! Now I can write my report!Unit 2Jo is fifteen and lives in Parkville.When Jo’s grandparents first came to Parkville, it was a quiet village. They had a small house. Close to fields md hills. Parkville was near Arnwick, a city with 200,00 0 people. People from Parkville moved to Armwick to find jobs. And they needed p laces to live.However, it was expensive to live in the city centre, so the government built flats o utside the centre. Soon, Parkville became part of Arnwick.And Arnwick became a ci ty with over a million people. Jo’s family lives in one of those flats. It is very crowde d, and rubbish is also a problem.The small local school in Parkville closed down five years ago, so Jo now has to g o to a school in Arnwick with 2,000 pupils. It takes an hour to get there by bus. There is a lot of traffic and pollution. It is clear that Arnwick needs more schools, buses and hospitals. It needs fresh air clean water and better public services. It also needs mo re police to protect its people. But to do all these things, it needs more money. However, can money help solve all these problems? Do we need more big cities l ike this? In fact, this is just a story. In fact, this is just a story.But it describes what is happening all over the world. Could it be your town some day?Module 10 The weatherUnit 1 It might snowBetty: Hey, boys!Tony: Hi, Betty. Hi, Lingling, Where are you going?Betty: We’re going to the park to skate, There’s thick ice on the lake, Are you comin g with US?Tony: Are you joking? It’s really cold today.Daming: And it’s cloudy too so it might snow.Lingling: What’s the temperature?Tony: It’s between minus eight and minus two degrees! Winter is colder here than i England.Daming: Is it snowy in England in December?Tony: Not usually, although this year it snowed quite a lot, Most Decembers are we a nd rainy.Daming: What’s the weather like in America in winter, Betty?Betty: We have cold winters and hot summers. It’s snowy in New York in winter. Tony: Sounds great ! I like sunny weather, and I like snow as well. But I don’t like sh owers or windy weather.Betty: Me neither, Rainy weather is terrible! I wish I were in Australia now, It’s Prob ably sunny and hot there.Lingling: You can go to Hainan lsland if you like sunny weather.Betty: One day I will.Lingling: Come on, better get going! We can skate in the park and get warm.Unit 2 The weather is fine all year round.The US is a very big country.It is about 3,000 miles from the east coast to the west coast, so choose carefully the places to see and the time to go. Bring a map because you may want to travel aroun d. New York and Washington D.C. are good places to visit in May or October, but in winter there is a lot of snow.The best time to visit New England is in September.The weather gets cooler, and the green leaves start to turn gold, then brown. Brin g your camera so you can take photos of the autumn trees.California is on the Pacificcoast, and the weather is fine all year round. Take your swimming clothes because y ou might want to go swimming in the sea, even in December.In Seattle, in the northwest, it is not very cold but it rains a lot, so bring an umbrell a.In Alaska the days are long and warm in summer, but may be cool in the evening. In winter, Alaska can be very very cold. If you want to visit Alaska, you had better go i n summer. Do not forget to bring a warm sweater with you.In Texas and the southeast, it is usually very hot and sunny compared to other plac es. There are storms from time to time in summer and autumn.So when is the best time to visit the US? Any time you like!Module 11 Way of lifeUnit 1 In China, we open a gift laterBetty: Happy birthday, Lingling.Daming: Here’s your gift.Lingling: Oh, you remembered! What a surprise!Tony: You can open it!Lingling: I don’t think I should open it now. In China, we open a gift later.Betty: But back in the US, we open a gift immediately.Lingling: So what do I do?Betty: You needn’t wait!(Lingling opens her present and finds a dictionary.)Lingling: Oh, thank you. I really wanted one.Betty: We’re happy you like it.Tony: I noticed another difference. In China, you accept a gift with both hands. But i n the West, we usually don’t pay much attention to that.Betty: That’s interesting! I’m interested to know all the Chinese traditions. Tell me m ore.Lingling: There are a lot. For example, in my home town, people say you mustn’t do any cleaning on the first day of the Spring Festival. And you mustn’t break anything. It’s bad luck!Daming: You must only use red paper for hongbao because red means luck. And you’d better not cut your hair during the Spring Festival month.Daming: And in the north of China, people eat lots of jiaozi!Betty: Perfect! They taste great.Tony: I like eating jiaozi too. Anyway, the Spring Festival is still over a month away. Let’s celebrate Lingling’s birthday first!Unit 2 In England you usually drink tea with milk.My experiences in England. I went to England last year. I enjoyed my stay, and I noticed something interesting with the English way of life.For example, you must say Mr or Mrs when you meet someone for the first time. When you get to know each other better or when they ask you to, you can just use their first names.One day we visited some friends and had afternoon tea together. Afternoon tea is n ot just a drink but a light meal at around 4 pm. We ate sandwiches and a large fruit c ake.In England you usually drink tea with milk.So I tried to drink tea with milk too. Fish and chips is the traditional food in England. You can buy it and eat it in special f ish and chip shops on the high street, or you can take it away and eat it with your fing ers. It is delicious!At the bus stop you must not push your way onto the bus. You need to stand in a l ine behind the other people and wait your turn. Sometimes people are slow to get on the bus.Once I noticed a gentleman touch a young man on the shoulder, smile politely and say, “Excuse me! Are you waiting for this bus?” He was really polite.Module 12 HelpUnit1 What should we do before help arrives?Ms James: This mornings class is about first aid, or giving someone basic medical help. Let’s imagine an accident. A boy is lying at the bottom of the stairs. He isn’t m oving or making a sound. He is in pain. What can we do to help him?Betty: First of all, find out what’s wrong with him.Ms James: How do we do that?Betty: Ask him.Ms James: Ok. But he could have trouble hearing you or speaking to you.Lingling: Shout for help? Call 120?Ms James: Good idea, but what should we do before help arrives?Tony: Make him comfortable.Ms James: And how can we do that?Tony: Lift him up and sit him on a chair?Ms James: No, that could be harmful! You could drop him and hurt him even more. Betty, you must know! You did some basic medical training.Betty: Make sure he’s warm. Cover him with a coat.Ms James: That’s such good advice that you could be a doctor, Betty!Unit 2 Stay away from windows and heavy furniture.What to do in an earthquakeEarthquakes always happen suddenly, so it is difficult to warn people about them. Usually people have little or no idea about what to do during an earthquake, so here is some advice. Inside Do not jump out of high buildings. Hide under a table. Stay awa y from windows and heavy furniture. Keep clear of fires. Leave the building quicklywhen the ground stops shaking, but do not use the lift.Keep calm, especially when yo u are with other people. Be brave and be helpful.Outside Move away from buildings, because parts of a building may fall on you. Do not stand near street lights or under power lines. Stay away from bridges and tree s. If you are in a bus or car, stay in it.In the mountains, be careful of falling rocks.On a beach, run away from the sea and move quickly to higher ground.In short, follow what you learnt in school. You can be safe and you can also help save others。

外研版八年级上册英语课文(全册)

外研版八年级上册英语课文(全册)

Module 1 How to learn EnglishUnit 1 Let’s try to speak English as much as possible.Ms James: Welcome back, everyone! Today, we’re going to talk about good ways to learn English. Ready? Who has some advice?Lingling: We should always speak English in class.Ms James: Good! Let’s try to speak English as much as possible.Daming: Why not write down the mistakes in our notebooks?Ms James: That’s a good idea. And don’t forget to write down the correct answers next to the mistak es. What else?Lingling: It’s a good idea to spell and pronounce new words aloud every day.Ms James: Thanks a lot, Lingling. How about listening to the radio?Lingling: Yes, that’s good for our pronunciation too. But there are so many new word. Ms James: Y ou don’t need to understand every word. You just need to listen for key words and main ideas. Daming: That’s the same for reading. English stories are so interesting. I get to know a lot about the world through reading.Lingling: I think writing is also important. Why don’t we try to find some English pen friends? We can write to them. Ms James: Excellent! I agree with you.Unit 2 You should smile at her!Send your questions to Diana, the Language Doctor.Many students ask for advice about how to improve their English. Here are three basic questions. The first question is about understanding English films and songs. Li Hao from Hubei wrote, “I li ke watching English films and listening to English songs, but I can only understand a little. What ca n I do?”Watching films and listening to songs are great way to learn English! Watch and listen several tim es, and guess the meaning of the new words. Each time you will learn something new. I also advise you to talk about the films or songs with your friends.The second question is about speaking. Wang Fan from Jilin wrote, “Our school has a teacher fro m the US. I am shy and I am afraid to speak to her. What should I do?”You can say, “Hello! How are you?”“Do you like China?” These are good ways to start a conversat ion. And before you begin, you should smile at her! Remember this: Do not be shy. Just try.The third question is about vocabulary. Zhang Lei from Anhui wrote, “I write down new words, but I forget them quickly. How can I remember them?”Do not worry. It is natural to forget new words! I suggest you write four or five words a day on piec es of paper and place them in your room. Read the words when you see them, and try to use them. Module 2 My home town and my countryUnit 1 It’s taller than many other buildings.Tony: Hey, Daming! How was your weekend?Daming: Pretty good! I went to Shenzhen.Tony: Where’s Shenzhen?Daming: Well, it’s on the coast near Hong Kong. It was a small village about thirty years ago, but to day it’s a very big city.Tony: So it’s a newer city than Hong Kong?Daming: Yes, it’s a newer city. In fact, it only became important in the 1980s.It’s getting bigger and busier. Some day it will become as busy as Hong Kong, I’m sure.Tony: What’s the population of Shenzhen?Daming: It’s over ten million, I think. That’s larger than the population of many other cities in Chin a. Its streets are much wider and cleaner too. I think it’s a beautiful city.Tony: I’d like to go to there one day.Daming: Remember to visit the Diwang Tower. It’s taller than many other buildings in Shenzhen.Unit 2 Cambridge is a beautiful city in the east of England.Cambridge, London and EnglandBy Tony SmithI come from Cambridge, a beautiful city in the east of England. It is on the River Cam and has a population of about 120,000. My home is especially famous for its university. Many famous people studied here, such as Isaac Newton and Charles Darwin. There are lots of old buildings and church es to visit. Students and tourists enjoy trips along the river by boat.Cambridge is 80 kilometres from London. London is in the south of England and it is on the Riv er Thames. It has a population of about seven and a half million, so it is bigger and busier than Cam bridge. It is about 2,000 years old, and it is famous for Big Ben, Buckingham Palace and Tower Bri dge.England itself is a part of an island, and you are always near the sea. The small villages and bea ches on the coast are popular for holidays. Tourists like the areas of low and beautiful lakes in the n orth, and the hills and pretty villages in the south. Everywhere in England you will notice how gree n the countryside is.It is never very hot in summer or very cold in winter. So come and see England any time of the ye ar, but bring an umbrella with you. You will need it most days.Module 3 SportsUnit 1 Nothing is more exciting than playing tennis.Daming: Hey, Tony. Come and watch the football match on TV.Tony: OK. What’s the score?Daming: Spain scored a minute ago.Tony: Wow! That’s fast!Daming: That’s right. Last week the match on TV was so boring because no one scored at all. So thi s week’s match is already more exciting.Betty: What’s the matter with you, Tony? You look tired.Tony: I’m really tired after last night’s tennis match. And I hurt my knee.Daming: That’s too bad! Sit down and watch the match. It’s safer than playing tennis.Betty: Yes, watching is not sure about that. Nothing is more relaxing too!Tony: Well, I’m not sure about that. Nothing is more enjoyable than playing tennis.Betty: But you enjoyed watching the Olympics on TV, right?Tony: Yes, but that’s because it was cheaper than buying tickets for all the games.Daming: And staying at home was easier than going to the stadium. Oh, look at that!Tony: Oh, he missed! Oh, bad luck!Daming: Never mind. There’s still plenty of time for them to score.Unit2 This year we practice more carefully.Training hardBy Li Daming It is Saturday tomorrow, but I am going to school. I am not going for lessons, but to play football. I am in our school team and we are going to play against another sch ool next week. The practice starts at 10 am. We all arrive as early as we can so that w e have time to warm up. We are training harder than usual because the other team bea t us last year. This year we want to do better.It is more difficult to practise in winter because the days are short and the weather is cold too. It gets dark earlier, so it is important not to be late for after-school practic e.Our coach is pleased because we are playing better as a team now. Last year we w ere sometimes careless when we passed the ball and we lost to the other team in the fi nal match. What a pity! This year we practise more carefully. That means we have a b etter chance of winning.The fan club has fewer people this year. We hope to play well so that we have mo re fans to watch the matches. It is good to have our fans around. They cheer us on lou dly and we feel more confident to win the game.Module 4 Planes, ships, and trainsUnit1 He lives the farthest from schoolBetty: I was late for school today.Mum: Why? What happened?Betty: I took the bus. There was a road accident, and the traffic was very heavy. But n obody was late, except me. Maybe I should go to school by taxi.Mum: It’s the most comfortable way, but it’s also the most expensive.Betty: Then what about going by bike?Mum: That’s a good choice, but it’s a bit dangerous. There’s so much traffic. Betty: But most of my classmates ride bikes, and it’s quite safe. Don’t worry. I’ll be c arefull.Mum: How does Tony go to school?Betty: He lives the farthest from school, so he takes the underground.Mum: And what about Lingling?Betty: Her home is the closest to school, so she walks.Mum: How about Daming?Betty: He goes by bus too, the same as me. But it’s so crowded! And the traffic is hea vy.Mum: All right. You can ride your bike to school, but remember to be careful all the ti me.Unit2 What is the best way to travel?Question: What is the best way to travel from London to Amsterdam.I am planning to travel from London to Amsterdam. How long does the journey ta ke and what is the best way to travel? Could you please tell me about the trains or shi ps to get there? The more information, the better. Thanks!Best answer: There are four ways to travel.A journey by train is more relaxing than by coach, but a lot more expensive. When you go by train, buy your ticket a long time before you travel. It is usually cheaper.You can go by car and by ship across the North Sea. This is the most comfortable way to travel but also the most expensive. Book your ticket before you book your hot el. Remember that parking in Amsterdam is very expensive, so stay outside the city c entre and travel in by bus or by train.The third choice is by coach. This is usually the cheapest, but in summer the coach es sometimes get crowded! And it takes you about twelve hours to get there. However , it will not cost as much as going by train.Finally, you can fly. It is the fastest and the second cheapest, but you may have to wait for hours at the airport because of bad weather.Well, I hope this helps! Have a great trip.Module 5 Lao She TeahouseUnit 1 I wanted to see the Beijing Opera.Listen and readBetty: Lingling and I went to Lao She Teahouse last night.Tony: How was it?Betty: It was great! You know, I wanted to see Beijing Opera, so Lingling offered to t ake me there. We drank tea and watched an opera.Tony: Did you understand the opera?Betty: No, it was difficult to understand the words. But the actors and actress were ex cellent.Tony: How long did you stay?Betty: We only planned to watch for an hour, but in the end, we stayed for three hour s.Tony: Did you enjoyed it?Betty: Well, it was interesting---that’s the main thing. I hope to understand more next time.Tony: Do you often go to see Beijing Opera, Lingling?Lingling: No, I don’t. I wanted to take Betty to the teahouse because it’s famous. Tony: Who is Lao She? Betty: No idea. Ask Lingling.Lingling: Lao She is a great writer. He’s especially famous for his play Teahouse.Unit 2 It describes the changes in Chinese society.2 Read the passage and match the heading with the paragraphs.a) Lao She Teahouseb)The Story of Teahousec)Lao She1Teahouse is one of Lao She’s most famous plays. He wrote it in 1957. The play has three acts and shows the lives of common people in China from the end of the nin eteenth century to the middle of twentieth century. It tells us the story of Wang Lifa a nd the customers of his teahouse in Beijing. It describes the changes in Chinese societ y over fifty years around the beginning of the twentieth century.2Lao She was born in Beijing in 1899. His mother sent him to a teacher’s school i n 1913. After finishing school in 1918, he became a head teacher of a primary school. In 1924 Lao She left home and went to England. He taught Chinese at a college in L ondon and returned to China five years later. He wrote many plays, novels and short s tories about people’s lives, and was named “the People’s Artist”. Lao She is one of the greatest Chinese writers of the twentieth century.3At Lao She Teahouse today, customers can drink tea and eat delicious Beijing fo od. If you like the Beijing Opera, traditional music or magic shows, you can enjoy the m at the teahouse. Lao She Teahouse gives a warm welcome to everyone from all ove r the world.Module 6 Animals in dangerUnit 1 It allows people to get closer to them.Listen and read(Lingling and Betty are leaving the zoo)Lingling: Did you like the zoo?Betty: Yes! I saw the pandas at last! But I am more interested to see the pandas in the Wolong Panda Reserve, because it allows people to get closer to them.Lingling: It’s sad to think of the pandas and other animals in danger.Betty: We need to protect them better.Lingling: Yes, Many wild animals don’t have a safe place to live, because villages and farms are growing bigger and are taking away their land and forests.Betty: Also, often there isn’t enough clean water, because we’ve made it dirty. I think we all need to help animals live in peace. Look, there’s a notice.Lingling: It says,“Help! We want to save animals in danger, and we need your help.”Betty: But what can we do?Lingling: It says,“Your money pays to look after the animals.”That means we can giv e money to help protect the animals.Betty: Maybe we can raise some money at school. Let’s find out what else we can do to save as many animals as possible.Unit 2 The WWF is working hard to save them all.2 Read the passage and match the heading with the paragraphs.a)Nature parks for pandasb) WWF And animals in dangerc) The panda’s homed) An animal in danger1Pandas are in danger. There are only about 1,600 pandas living in the wild today. Zoos and research centres are looking after about 340 pandas. Pandas do not have m any babies, and baby pandas often die. The situation is getting very difficult. Scientist are doing a lot of research to help pandas produce more babies and help baby pandas live.2Pandas live in the forests and mountains of Southwest China. Each panda needs to eat a lot of bamboo every day. The bamboo forests are getting smaller, so pandas are losing their home. And there are not many pandas left.3In order to protect pandas in the wild, the government is setting up nature parks and developing other plans. The nature parks will be big and there will be more bamb oo to feed the pandas. Pandas born in zoos may go back to live in the nature parks.4The World Wild Fund for Nature (WWF) wants to protect all animals. And it cho se the panda to be its symbol. We do not want to lose tigers, elephants, or any other a nimals, so the WWF is working hard to save them all.Module7 A famous storyUnit1 Alice was sitting with her sister by the river.Tony: Hi,Lingling!Lingling: Ssh! I’m reading.Tony: Sorry! What’s the book about?Lingling: It’s about a girl called Alice. One day, Alice was sitting with her sister by the river and she saw a white rabbit with a watch. It ran past.Tony: Why was it running? Lingling: Because it was late. Tony: And where was it goi ng?Lingling: To see the Queen of Hearts. Alice followed it and fell down a hole in the ground.Tony: Yes! Then she saw the Cheshire Cat. It was sitting in a tree and smiling at ever yone.Lingling: Then Alice arrived at the March Hare’s house. He was sitting with the Mad Hatter and a mouse. They were having a tea party in the garden.Tony: And then Alice met the Queen of Hearts. She was playing a strange game!Lingling: Do you already know the book?Tony: Yes, It’s Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland. Everyone in Britain knows the stor y.Lingling: Then why did you ask me all those questions?Tony: To see if you remember the story! Ha ha….U2 She was thinking about her cat.Alice was sitting with her sister by the river and her sister was reading a book. A lice had nothing to do. Once or twice she looked into her sister’a book. “And what is a book for,” thought Alice,”without pictures or conversations?” Suddenly a white rab bit with pink eyes ran by.There was nothing strange about that. She heard the rabbit say, “Oh dear! Oh dea r! I’ll be late!” and she did not think it was strange. Then the rabbit took a watch out o f its pocket and looked at it. A rabbit with a pocket and a watch. Alice got up and ran across the field after it. She saw it go down a large rabbit hole in the ground.Then Alice went down after it, but never thought about how she was going to ge t out again. She found that she was falling down a very, very deep hole. It was too dar k for her to see anything. She was falling for a long time. While she was falling, she was thinking about her cat, Dinah. Suddenly she landed on some dry leaves…Module 8Unit1 while the lights were changing to red ,a car suddenly appearedBetty: Good morning, Ms James! You look pale. Are you all right?Ms James: Im OK, but I saw an accident. A boy was riding his bike and listening to music on the road.Daming: That’s very dangerous!Ms James: I was waiting to cross the road. While the lights were changing to red, a ca r suddenly appeared round the corner. It wasn’t going fast, but it didn’t stop. Lingling: Did the boy stop?Ms James: No. And the driver was talking on his mobile phone.Betty: So did the car hit the boy?Ms James: No, I’m glad to say. The car stopped just in time, but the boy fell off his bi ke and hurt his knee.Tony: That’s too bad.Ms James: So when youre on your bike, think about the risk of an accident! Pay atte ntion, stop at the red lights and…..what else?Betty: Don’t ride too fastDaming : Don’t ride side by side with your friends.All: Don’t listen to music!Unite 2One day, when Henry was working in a restaurant, a snake suddenly appeared and bit his hand. A few days earlier, the snake arrived from Asia in a box of bananas. It c limbed out and hid somewhere.“I was trying to pick it up when it bit me again. I threw it across the kitchen, an d it landed on a table.’’While the snake was lying on the table, Henry quickly picked up his mobile phon e and took a photo with it. Then the snake hid behind the fridge When Henry was try ing to find the snake, his hand began to hurt badly. He hurried to hospital. As the do ctors were checking him, the pain got worse . But they could not help him because t hey did not know what kind of snake bit him.As he was lying there in great pain, Henry suddenly remembered the photo. The doctors sent the photo to a zoo. As soon as they learnt what kind of snake bit him, th ey gave Henry the right medicine and he left hospital the next day.“So if a snake bites you, take out your mobile phone or camera. Take its photo, an d show the photo to the doctors ‘’, suggests Henry.“But as you know, the snake won’t smile!”Module 9 PopulationUnit1 the population of China is about 1.37 billionBetty: What are you doing?Tony: I’m preparing some notes for a report called “Our growing population.”Lingling: Well, w e re in the right place to talk about that! Beijing is a huge city with a big population that causes a lot of problems, such as too much traffic and noise. Betty: Its not only Beijing. Population increase is a big problem in many countries. D o you know how many babies are born every minute in the world?Tony: No. Can you tell me?Betty: Over 250! That makes over 131.4 million births a yearLingling: I can’t believe it!Betty: The population of China is about 1.37 billion. Thats almost one fifth of the wor ld’s population, that is, about 7 billion.Tony: Hang on a minute! I’ll write that down too!Betty: But in the future, Chinas population wont grow so fast, because families are ge tting smaller.Lingling: How do you know all this?Betty: I wrote my report yesterday!Tony: Great, thanks! Now I can write my report!Unit 2Jo is fifteen and lives in Parkville.When Jo’s grandparents first came to Parkville, it was a quiet village. They had a small house. Close to fields md hills. Parkville was near Arnwick, a city with 200,00 0 people. People from Parkville moved to Armwick to find jobs. And they needed p laces to live.However, it was expensive to live in the city centre, so the government built flats o utside the centre. Soon, Parkville became part of Arnwick.And Arnwick became a ci ty with over a million people. Jo’s family lives in one of those flats. It is very crowde d, and rubbish is also a problem.The small local school in Parkville closed down five years ago, so Jo now has to g o to a school in Arnwick with 2,000 pupils. It takes an hour to get there by bus. There is a lot of traffic and pollution. It is clear that Arnwick needs more schools, buses and hospitals. It needs fresh air clean water and better public services. It also needs mor e police to protect its people. But to do all these things, it needs more money. However, can money help solve all these problems? Do we need more big cities l ike this? In fact, this is just a story. In fact, this is just a story.But it describes what is happening all over the world. Could it be your town some day?Module 10 The weatherUnit 1 It might snowBetty: Hey, boys!Tony: Hi, Betty. Hi, Lingling, Where are you going?Betty: We’re going to the park to skate, There’s thick ice on the lake, Are you comin g with US?Tony: Are you joking? It’s really cold today.Daming: And it’s cloudy too so it might snow.Lingling: What’s the temperature?Tony: It’s between minus eight and minus two degrees! Winter is colder here than i E ngland.Daming: Is it snowy in England in December?Tony: Not usually, although this year it snowed quite a lot, Most Decembers are we a nd rainy.Daming: What’s the weather like in America in winter, Betty?Betty: We have cold winters and hot summers. It’s snowy in New York in winter. Tony: Sounds great ! I like sunny weather, and I like snow as well. But I don’t like sh owers or windy weather.Betty: Me neither, Rainy weather is terrible! I wish I were in Australia now, It’s Proba bly sunny and hot there.Lingling: You can go to Hainan lsland if you like sunny weather.Betty: One day I will.Lingling: Come on, better get going! We can skate in the park and get warm.Unit 2 The weather is fine all year round.The US is a very big country.It is about 3,000 miles from the east coast to the west coast, so choose carefully the places to see and the time to go. Bring a map because you may want to travel aroun d. New York and Washington D.C. are good places to visit in May or October, but in winter there is a lot of snow.The best time to visit New England is in September.The weather gets cooler, and the green leaves start to turn gold, then brown. Brin g your camera so you can take photos of the autumn trees.California is on the Pacific coast, and the weather is fine all year round. Take your swimming clothes because y ou might want to go swimming in the sea, even in December.In Seattle, in the northwest, it is not very cold but it rains a lot, so bring an umbrell a.In Alaska the days are long and warm in summer, but may be cool in the evening. In winter, Alaska can be very very cold. If you want to visit Alaska, you had better go i n summer. Do not forget to bring a warm sweater with you.In Texas and the southeast, it is usually very hot and sunny compared to other plac es. There are storms from time to time in summer and autumn.So when is the best time to visit the US? Any time you like!Module 11 Way of lifeUnit 1 In China, we open a gift laterBetty: Happy birthday, Lingling.Daming: Here’s your gift.Lingling: Oh, you remembered! What a surprise!Tony: You can open it!Lingling: I don’t think I should open it now. In China, we open a gift later.Betty: But back in the US, we open a gift immediately.Lingling: So what do I do?Betty: You needn’t wait!(Lingling opens her present and finds a dictionary.)Lingling: Oh, thank you. I really wanted one.Betty: We’re happy you like it.Tony: I noticed another difference. In China, you accept a gift with both hands. But in the West, we usually don’t pay much attention to that.Betty: That’s interesting! I’m interested to know all the Chinese traditions. Tell me m ore.Lingling: There are a lot. For example, in my home town, people say you mustn’t do any cleaning on the first day of the Spring Festival. And you mustn’t break anything. It’s bad luck!Daming: You must only use red paper for hongbao because red means luck. And you’d better not cut your hair during the Spring Festival month.Daming: And in the north of China, people eat lots of jiaozi!Betty: Perfect! They taste great.Tony: I like eating jiaozi too. Anyway, the Spring Festival is still over a month away. Let’s celebrate Lingling’s birthday first!Unit 2 In England you usually drink tea with milk.My experiences in England. I went to England last year. I enjoyed my stay, and I noticed something interesting with the English way of life.For example, you must sayMr or Mrs when you meet someone for the first time. When you get to know each ot her better or when they ask you to, you can just use their first names.One day we visited some friends and had afternoon tea together. Afternoon tea is n ot just a drink but a light meal at around 4 pm. We ate sandwiches and a large fruit c ake.In England you usually drink tea with milk.So I tried to drink tea with milk too. Fish and chips is the traditional food in England. You can buy it and eat it in special fi sh and chip shops on the high street, or you can take it away and eat it with your finge rs. It is delicious!At the bus stop you must not push your way onto the bus. You need to stand in a line behind the other people and wait your turn. Sometimes people are slow to get o n the bus.Once I noticed a gentleman touch a young man on the shoulder, smile politely and say, “Excuse me! Are you waiting for this bus?” He was really polite.Module 12 HelpUnit1 What should we do before help arrives?Ms James: This mornings class is about first aid, or giving someone basic medical help. Let’s imagine an accident. A boy is lying at the bottom of the stairs. He isn’t moving or making a sound. He is in pain. What can we do to help him?Betty: First of all, find out what’s wrong with him.Ms James: How do we do that?Betty: Ask him.Ms James: Ok. But he could have trouble hearing you or speaking to you.Lingling: Shout for help? Call 120?Ms James: Good idea, but what should we do before help arrives?Tony: Make him comfortable.Ms James: And how can we do that?Tony: Lift him up and sit him on a chair?Ms James: No, that could be harmful! You could drop him and hurt him even more. B etty, you must know! You did some basic medical training.Betty: Make sure he’s warm. Cover him with a coat.Ms James: That’s such good advice that you could be a doctor, Betty!Unit 2 Stay away from windows and heavy furniture.What to do in an earthquakeEarthquakes always happen suddenly, so it is difficult to warn people about them. Usually people have little or no idea about what to do during an earthquake, so here is some advice. Inside Do not jump out of high buildings. Hide under a table. Stay awa y from windows and heavy furniture. Keep clear of fires. Leave the building quickly when the ground stops shaking, but do not use the lift.Keep calm, especially when yo u are with other people. Be brave and be helpful.Outside Move away from buildings, because parts of a building may fall on you. Do not stand near street lights or under power lines. Stay away from bridges and tree s. If you are in a bus or car, stay in it.In the mountains, be careful of falling rocks.On a beach, run away from the sea and move quickly to higher ground.In short, follow what you learnt in school. You can be safe and you can also help save others。

外研版八年级上册英语课文电子版(全册)(2020年整理).pdf

外研版八年级上册英语课文电子版(全册)(2020年整理).pdf

Module 1 How to learn EnglishUnit 1 Let’s try to speak English as much as possible.Ms James: Welcome back, everyone! Today, we’re going to talk about good ways to learn English. Ready? Who has some advice?Lingling: We should always speak English in class.Ms James: Good! Let’s try to speak English as much as possible.Daming: Why not write down the mistakes in our notebooks?Ms James: That’s a good idea. And don’t forget to write down the correct answers next to the mistak es. What else?Lingling: It’s a good idea to spell and pronounce new words aloud every day.Ms James: Thanks a lot, Lingling. How about listening to the radio?Lingling: Yes, that’s good for our pronunciation too. But there are so many new word. Ms James: Y ou don’t need to understand every word. You just need to listen for key words and main ideas. Daming: That’s the same for reading. English stories are so interesting. I get to know a lot about the world through reading.Lingling: I think writing is also important. Why don’t we try to find some English pen friends? We can write to them. Ms James: Excellent! I agree with you.Unit 2 You should smile at her!Send your questions to Diana, the Language Doctor.Many students ask for advice about how to improve their English. Here are three basic questions. The first question is about understanding English films and songs. Li Hao from Hubei wrote, “I li ke watching English films and listening to English songs, but I can only understand a little. What ca n I do?”Watching films and listening to songs are great way to learn English! Watch and listen several tim es, and guess the meaning of the new words. Each time you will learn something new. I also advise you to talk about the films or songs with your friends.The second question is about speaking. Wang Fan from Jilin wrote, “Our school has a teacher fro m the US. I am shy and I am afraid to speak to her. What should I do?”You can say, “Hello! How are you?”“Do you like China?” These are good ways to start a conversat ion. And before you begin, you should smile at her! Remember this: Do not be shy. Just try.The third question is about vocabulary. Zhang Lei from Anhui wrote, “I write down new words, but I forget them quickly. How can I remember them?”Do not worry. It is natural to forget new words! I suggest you write four or five words a day on piec es of paper and place them in your room. Read the words when you see them, and try to use them. Module 2 My home town and my countryUnit 1 It’s taller than many other buildings.Tony: Hey, Daming! How was your weekend?Daming: Pretty good! I went to Shenzhen.Tony: Where’s Shenzhen?Daming: Well, it’s on the coast near Hong Kong. It was a small village about thirty years ago, but to day it’s a very big city.Tony: So it’s a newer city than Hong Kong?Daming: Yes, it’s a newer city. In fact, it only became important in the 1980s.It’s getting bigger and busier. Some day it will become as busy as Hong Kong, I’m sure.Tony: What’s the population of Shenzhen?Daming: It’s over ten million, I think. That’s larger than the population of many other cities in Chin a. Its streets are much wider and cleaner too. I think it’s a beautiful city.Tony: I’d like to go to there one day.Daming: Remember to visit the Diwang Tower. It’s taller than many other buildings in Shenzhen.Unit 2 Cambridge is a beautiful city in the east of England.Cambridge, London and EnglandBy Tony SmithI come from Cambridge, a beautiful city in the east of England. It is on the River Cam and has a population of about 120,000. My home is especially famous for its university. Many famous people studied here, such as Isaac Newton and Charles Darwin. There are lots of old buildings and church es to visit. Students and tourists enjoy trips along the river by boat.Cambridge is 80 kilometres from London. London is in the south of England and it is on the Riv er Thames. It has a population of about seven and a half million, so it is bigger and busier than Cam bridge. It is about 2,000 years old, and it is famous for Big Ben, Buckingham Palace and Tower Bri dge.England itself is a part of an island, and you are always near the sea. The small villages and bea ches on the coast are popular for holidays. Tourists like the areas of low and beautiful lakes in the n orth, and the hills and pretty villages in the south. Everywhere in England you will notice how gree n the countryside is.It is never very hot in summer or very cold in winter. So come and see England any time of the ye ar, but bring an umbrella with you. You will need it most days.Module 3 SportsUnit 1 Nothing is more exciting than playing tennis.Daming: Hey, Tony. Come and watch the football match on TV.Tony: OK. What’s the score?Daming: Spain scored a minute ago.Tony: Wow! That’s fast!Daming: That’s right. Last week the match on TV was so boring because no one scored at all. So thi s week’s match is already more exciting.Betty: What’s the matter with you, Tony? You look tired.Tony: I’m really tired after last night’s tennis match. And I hurt my knee.Daming: That’s too bad! Sit down and watch the match. It’s safer than playing tennis.Betty: Yes, watching is not sure about that. Nothing is more relaxing too!Tony: Well, I’m not sure about that. Nothing is more enjoyable than playing tennis.Betty: But you enjoyed watching the Olympics on TV, right?Tony: Yes, but that’s because it was cheaper than buying tickets for all the games.Daming: And staying at home was easier than going to the stadium. Oh, look at that!Tony: Oh, he missed! Oh, bad luck!Daming: Never mind. There’s still plenty of time for them to score.Unit2 This year we practice more carefully.Training hardBy Li Daming It is Saturday tomorrow, but I am going to school. I am not going for lessons, but to play football. I am in our school team and we are going to play against another sch ool next week. The practice starts at 10 am. We all arrive as early as we can so that w e have time to warm up. We are training harder than usual because the other team bea t us last year. This year we want to do better.It is more difficult to practise in winter because the days are short and the weather is cold too. It gets dark earlier, so it is important not to be late for after-school practic e.Our coach is pleased because we are playing better as a team now. Last year we w ere sometimes careless when we passed the ball and we lost to the other team in the fi nal match. What a pity! This year we practise more carefully. That means we have a b etter chance of winning.The fan club has fewer people this year. We hope to play well so that we have mo re fans to watch the matches. It is good to have our fans around. They cheer us on lou dly and we feel more confident to win the game.Module 4 Planes, ships, and trainsUnit1 He lives the farthest from schoolBetty: I was late for school today.Mum: Why? What happened?Betty: I took the bus. There was a road accident, and the traffic was very heavy. But n obody was late, except me. Maybe I should go to school by taxi.Mum: It’s the most comfortable way, but it’s also the most expensive.Betty: Then what about going by bike?Mum: That’s a good choice, but it’s a bit dangerous. There’s so much traffic. Betty: But most of my classmates ride bikes, and it’s quite safe. Don’t worry. I’ll be c arefull.Mum: How does Tony go to school?Betty: He lives the farthest from school, so he takes the underground.Mum: And what about Lingling?Betty: Her home is the closest to school, so she walks.Mum: How about Daming?Betty: He goes by bus too, the same as me. But it’s so crowded! And the traffic is hea vy.Mum: All right. You can ride your bike to school, but remember to be careful all the ti me.Unit2 What is the best way to travel?Question: What is the best way to travel from London to Amsterdam.I am planning to travel from London to Amsterdam. How long does the journey ta ke and what is the best way to travel? Could you please tell me about the trains or shi ps to get there? The more information, the better. Thanks!Best answer: There are four ways to travel.A journey by train is more relaxing than by coach, but a lot more expensive. When you go by train, buy your ticket a long time before you travel. It is usually cheaper.You can go by car and by ship across the North Sea. This is the most comfortable way to travel but also the most expensive. Book your ticket before you book your hot el. Remember that parking in Amsterdam is very expensive, so stay outside the city c entre and travel in by bus or by train.The third choice is by coach. This is usually the cheapest, but in summer the coach es sometimes get crowded! And it takes you about twelve hours to get there. However , it will not cost as much as going by train.Finally, you can fly. It is the fastest and the second cheapest, but you may have to wait for hours at the airport because of bad weather.Well, I hope this helps! Have a great trip.Module 5 Lao She TeahouseUnit 1 I wanted to see the Beijing Opera.Listen and readBetty: Lingling and I went to Lao She Teahouse last night.Tony: How was it?Betty: It was great! You know, I wanted to see Beijing Opera, so Lingling offered to t ake me there. We drank tea and watched an opera.Tony: Did you understand the opera?Betty: No, it was difficult to understand the words. But the actors and actress were ex cellent.Tony: How long did you stay?Betty: We only planned to watch for an hour, but in the end, we stayed for three hour s.Tony: Did you enjoyed it?Betty: Well, it was interesting---that’s the main thing. I hope to understand more next time.Tony: Do you often go to see Beijing Opera, Lingling?Lingling: No, I don’t. I wanted to take Betty to the teahouse because it’s famous. Tony: Who is Lao She? Betty: No idea. Ask Lingling.Lingling: Lao She is a great writer. He’s especially famous for his play Teahouse.Unit 2 It describes the changes in Chinese society.2 Read the passage and match the heading with the paragraphs.a) Lao She Teahouseb)The Story of Teahousec)Lao She1Teahouse is one of Lao She’s most famous plays. He wrote it in 1957. The play has three acts and shows the lives of common people in China from the end of the nin eteenth century to the middle of twentieth century. It tells us the story of Wang Lifa a nd the customers of his teahouse in Beijing. It describes the changes in Chinese societ y over fifty years around the beginning of the twentieth century.2Lao She was born in Beijing in 1899. His mother sent him to a teacher’s school i n 1913. After finishing school in 1918, he became a head teacher of a primary school. In 1924 Lao She left home and went to England. He taught Chinese at a college in L ondon and returned to China five years later. He wrote many plays, novels and short s tories about people’s lives, and was named “the People’s Artist”. Lao She is one of the greatest Chinese writers of the twentieth century.3At Lao She Teahouse today, customers can drink tea and eat delicious Beijing fo od. If you like the Beijing Opera, traditional music or magic shows, you can enjoy the m at the teahouse. Lao She Teahouse gives a warm welcome to everyone from all ove r the world.Module 6 Animals in dangerUnit 1 It allows people to get closer to them.Listen and read(Lingling and Betty are leaving the zoo)Lingling: Did you like the zoo?Betty: Yes! I saw the pandas at last! But I am more interested to see the pandas in the Wolong Panda Reserve, because it allows people to get closer to them.Lingling: It’s sad to think of the pandas and other animals in danger.Betty: We need to protect them better.Lingling: Yes, Many wild animals don’t have a safe place to live, because villages and farms are growing bigger and are taking away their land and forests.Betty: Also, often there isn’t enough clean water, because we’ve made it dirty. I think we all need to help animals live in peace. Look, there’s a notice.Lingling: It says,“Help! We want to save animals in danger, and we need your help.”Betty: But what can we do?Lingling: It says,“Your money pays to look after the animals.”That means we can giv e money to help protect the animals.Betty: Maybe we can raise some money at school. Let’s find out what else we can do to save as many animals as possible.Unit 2 The WWF is working hard to save them all.2 Read the passage and match the heading with the paragraphs.a)Nature parks for pandasb) WWF And animals in dangerc) The panda’s homed) An animal in danger1Pandas are in danger. There are only about 1,600 pandas living in the wild today. Zoos and research centres are looking after about 340 pandas. Pandas do not have m any babies, and baby pandas often die. The situation is getting very difficult. Scientist are doing a lot of research to help pandas produce more babies and help baby pandas live.2Pandas live in the forests and mountains of Southwest China. Each panda needs to eat a lot of bamboo every day. The bamboo forests are getting smaller, so pandas are losing their home. And there are not many pandas left.3In order to protect pandas in the wild, the government is setting up nature parks and developing other plans. The nature parks will be big and there will be more bamb oo to feed the pandas. Pandas born in zoos may go back to live in the nature parks.4The World Wild Fund for Nature (WWF) wants to protect all animals. And it cho se the panda to be its symbol. We do not want to lose tigers, elephants, or any other a nimals, so the WWF is working hard to save them all.Module7 A famous storyUnit1 Alice was sitting with her sister by the river.Tony: Hi,Lingling!Lingling: Ssh! I’m reading.Tony: Sorry! What’s the book about?Lingling: It’s about a girl called Alice. One day, Alice was sitting with her sister by the river and she saw a white rabbit with a watch. It ran past.Tony: Why was it running? Lingling: Because it was late. Tony: And where was it goi ng?Lingling: To see the Queen of Hearts. Alice followed it and fell down a hole in the ground.Tony: Yes! Then she saw the Cheshire Cat. It was sitting in a tree and smiling at ever yone.Lingling: Then Alice arrived at the March Hare’s house. He was sitting with the Mad Hatter and a mouse. They were having a tea party in the garden.Tony: And then Alice met the Queen of Hearts. She was playing a strange game!Lingling: Do you already know the book?Tony: Yes, It’s Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland. Everyone in Britain knows the stor y.Lingling: Then why did you ask me all those questions?Tony: To see if you remember the story! Ha ha….U2 She was thinking about her cat.Alice was sitting with her sister by the river and her sister was reading a book. A lice had nothing to do. Once or twice she looked into her sister’a book. “And what is a book for,” thought Alice,”without pictures or conversations?” Suddenly a white rab bit with pink eyes ran by.There was nothing strange about that. She heard the rabbit say, “O h dear! Oh dea r! I’ll be late!” and she did not think it was strange. Then the rabbit took a watch out o f its pocket and looked at it. A rabbit with a pocket and a watch. Alice got up and ran across the field after it. She saw it go down a large rabbit hole in the ground.Then Alice went down after it, but never thought about how she was going to ge t out again. She found that she was falling down a very, very deep hole. It was too dar k for her to see anything. She was falling for a long time. While she was falling, she was thinking about her cat, Dinah. Suddenly she landed on some dry leaves…Module 8Unit1 while the lights were changing to red ,a car suddenly appearedBetty: Good morning, Ms James! You look pale. Are you all right?Ms James: Im OK, but I saw an accident. A boy was riding his bike and listening to music on the road.Daming: That’s very dangerous!Ms James: I was waiting to cross the road. While the lights were changing to red, a ca r suddenly appeared round the corner. It wasn’t going fast, but it didn’t stop. Lingling: Did the boy stop?Ms James: No. And the driver was talking on his mobile phone.Betty: So did the car hit the boy?Ms James: No, I’m glad to say. The car stopped just in time, but the boy fell off his bi ke and hurt his knee.Tony: That’s too bad.Ms James: So when youre on your bike, think about the risk of an accident! Pay atte ntion, stop at the red lights and…..what else?Betty: Don’t ride too fastDaming : Don’t ride side by side with your friends.All: Don’t listen to music!Unite 2One day, when Henry was working in a restaurant, a snake suddenly appeared and bit his hand. A few days earlier, the snake arrived from Asia in a box of bananas. It c limbed out and hid somewhere.“I was trying to pick it up when it bit me again. I threw it across the kitchen, an d it landed on a table.’’While the snake was lying on the table, Henry quickly picked up his mobile phon e and took a photo with it. Then the snake hid behind the fridge When Henry was try ing to find the snake, his hand began to hurt badly. He hurried to hospital. As the do ctors were checking him, the pain got worse . But they could not help him because t hey did not know what kind of snake bit him.As he was lying there in great pain, Henry suddenly remembered the photo. The doctors sent the photo to a zoo. As soon as they learnt what kind of snake bit him, th ey gave Henry the right medicine and he left hospital the next day.“So if a snake bites you, take out your mobile phone or camera. Take its photo, an d show the photo to the doctors ‘’, suggests Henry.“But as you know, the snake won’t smile!”Module 9 PopulationUnit1 the population of China is about 1.37 billionBetty: What are you doing?Tony: I’m preparing some notes for a report called “Our growing population.”Lingling: Well, w e re in the right place to talk about that! Beijing is a huge city with a big population that causes a lot of problems, such as too much traffic and noise. Betty: Its not only Beijing. Population increase is a big problem in many countries. D o you know how many babies are born every minute in the world?Tony: No. Can you tell me?Betty: Over 250! That makes over 131.4 million births a yearLingling: I can’t believe it!Betty: The population of China is about 1.37 billion. Thats almost one fifth of the wor ld’s population, that is, about 7 billion.Tony: Hang on a minute! I’ll write that down too!Betty: But in the future, Chinas population wont grow so fast, because families are ge tting smaller.Lingling: How do you know all this?Betty: I wrote my report yesterday!Tony: Great, thanks! Now I can write my report!Unit 2Jo is fifteen and lives in Parkville.When Jo’s grandparents first came to Parkville, it was a quiet village. They had a small house. Close to fields md hills. Parkville was near Arnwick, a city with 200,00 0 people. People from Parkville moved to Armwick to find jobs. And they needed p laces to live.However, it was expensive to live in the city centre, so the government built flats o utside the centre. Soon, Parkville became part of Arnwick.And Arnwick became a ci ty with over a million people. Jo’s family lives in one of those flats. It is very crowde d, and rubbish is also a problem.The small local school in Parkville closed down five years ago, so Jo now has to g o to a school in Arnwick with 2,000 pupils. It takes an hour to get there by bus. There is a lot of traffic and pollution. It is clear that Arnwick needs more schools, buses and hospitals. It needs fresh air clean water and better public services. It also needs mor e police to protect its people. But to do all these things, it needs more money.However, can money help solve all these problems? Do we need more big cities l ike this? In fact, this is just a story. In fact, this is just a story.But it describes what is happening all over the world. Could it be your town some day?Module 10 The weatherUnit 1 It might snowBetty: Hey, boys!Tony: Hi, Betty. Hi, Lingling, Where are you going?Betty: We’re going to the park to skate, There’s thick ice on the lake, Are you comin g with US?Tony: Are you joking? It’s really cold today.Daming: And it’s cloudy too so it might snow.Lingling: What’s the temperature?Tony: It’s between minus eight and minus two degrees! Winter is colder here than i E ngland.Daming: Is it snowy in England in December?Tony: Not usually, although this year it snowed quite a lot, Most Decembers are we a nd rainy.Daming: What’s the weather like in America in winter, Betty?Betty: We have cold winters and hot summers. It’s snowy in New York in winter. Tony: Sounds great ! I like sunny weather, and I like snow as well. But I don’t like sh owers or windy weather.Betty: Me neither, Rainy weather is terrible! I wish I were in Australia now, It’s Proba bly sunny and hot there.Lingling: You can go to Hainan lsland if you like sunny weather.Betty: One day I will.Lingling: Come on, better get going! We can skate in the park and get warm.Unit 2 The weather is fine all year round.The US is a very big country.It is about 3,000 miles from the east coast to the west coast, so choose carefully the places to see and the time to go. Bring a map because you may want to travel aroun d. New York and Washington D.C. are good places to visit in May or October, but in winter there is a lot of snow.The best time to visit New England is in September.The weather gets cooler, and the green leaves start to turn gold, then brown. Brin g your camera so you can take photos of the autumn trees.California is on the Pacific coast, and the weather is fine all year round. Take your swimming clothes because y ou might want to go swimming in the sea, even in December.In Seattle, in the northwest, it is not very cold but it rains a lot, so bring an umbrell a.In Alaska the days are long and warm in summer, but may be cool in the evening. In winter, Alaska can be very very cold. If you want to visit Alaska, you had better go i n summer. Do not forget to bring a warm sweater with you.In Texas and the southeast, it is usually very hot and sunny compared to other plac es. There are storms from time to time in summer and autumn.So when is the best time to visit the US? Any time you like!Module 11 Way of lifeUnit 1 In China, we open a gift laterBetty: Happy birthday, Lingling.Daming: Here’s your gift.Lingling: Oh, you remembered! What a surprise!Tony: You can open it!Lingling: I don’t think I should open it now. In China, we open a gift later.Betty: But back in the US, we open a gift immediately.Lingling: So what do I do?Betty: You needn’t wait!(Lingling opens her present and finds a dictionary.)Lingling: Oh, thank you. I really wanted one.Betty: We’re happy you like it.Tony: I noticed another difference. In China, you accept a gift with both hands. But in the West, we usually don’t pay much attention to that.Betty: That’s interesting! I’m interested to know all the Chinese traditions. Tell me m ore.Lingling: There are a lot. For example, in my home town, people say you mustn’t do any cleaning on the first day of the Spring Festival. And you mustn’t break anything. It’s bad luck!Daming: You must only use red paper for hongbao because red means luck. And you’d better not cut your hair during the Spring Festival month.Daming: And in the north of China, people eat lots of jiaozi!Betty: Perfect! They taste great.Tony: I like eating jiaozi too. Anyway, the Spring Festival is still over a month away. Let’s celebrate Lingling’s birthday first!Unit 2 In England you usually drink tea with milk.My experiences in England. I went to England last year. I enjoyed my stay, and I noticed something interesting with the English way of life.For example, you must sayMr or Mrs when you meet someone for the first time. When you get to know each ot her better or when they ask you to, you can just use their first names.One day we visited some friends and had afternoon tea together. Afternoon tea is n ot just a drink but a light meal at around 4 pm. We ate sandwiches and a large fruit c ake.In England you usually drink tea with milk.So I tried to drink tea with milk too. Fish and chips is the traditional food in England. You can buy it and eat it in special fi sh and chip shops on the high street, or you can take it away and eat it with your finge rs. It is delicious!At the bus stop you must not push your way onto the bus. You need to stand in a line behind the other people and wait your turn. Sometimes people are slow to get o n the bus.Once I noticed a gentleman touch a young man on the shoulder, smile politely and say, “Excuse me! Are you waiting for this bus?” He was really polite.Module 12 HelpUnit1 What should we do before help arrives?Ms James: This mornings class is about first aid, or giving someone basic medical help. Let’s imagine an accident. A boy is lying at the bottom of the stairs. He isn’t moving or making a sound. He is in pain. What can we do to help him?Betty: First of all, find out what’s wrong with him.Ms James: How do we do that?Betty: Ask him.Ms James: Ok. But he could have trouble hearing you or speaking to you.Lingling: Shout for help? Call 120?Ms James: Good idea, but what should we do before help arrives?Tony: Make him comfortable.Ms James: And how can we do that?Tony: Lift him up and sit him on a chair?Ms James: No, that could be harmful! You could drop him and hurt him even more. B etty, you must know! You did some basic medical training.Betty: Make sure he’s warm. Cover him with a coat.Ms James: That’s such good advice that you could be a doctor, Betty!Unit 2 Stay away from windows and heavy furniture.What to do in an earthquakeEarthquakes always happen suddenly, so it is difficult to warn people about them. Usually people have little or no idea about what to do during an earthquake, so here is some advice. Inside Do not jump out of high buildings. Hide under a table. Stay awa y from windows and heavy furniture. Keep clear of fires. Leave the building quickly when the ground stops shaking, but do not use the lift.Keep calm, especially when yo u are with other people. Be brave and be helpful.Outside Move away from buildings, because parts of a building may fall on you. Do not stand near street lights or under power lines. Stay away from bridges and tree s. If you are in a bus or car, stay in it.In the mountains, be careful of falling rocks.On a beach, run away from the sea and move quickly to higher ground.In short, follow what you learnt in school. You can be safe and you can also help save others。

(2020年整理)外研版八年级上册英语课文电子版(全册).doc

(2020年整理)外研版八年级上册英语课文电子版(全册).doc

Module 1 How to learn EnglishUnit 1 Let’s try to speak English as much as possible.Ms James: Welcome back, everyone! Today, we’re going to talk about good ways to learn English. Ready? Who has some advice?Lingling: We should always speak English in class.Ms James: Good! Let’s try to speak English as much as possible.Daming: Why not write down the mistakes in our notebooks?Ms James: That’s a good idea. And don’t forget to write down the correct answers next to the mistak es. What else?Lingling: It’s a good idea to spell and pronounce new words aloud every day.Ms James: Thanks a lot, Lingling. How about listening to the radio?Lingling: Yes, that’s good for our pronunciation too. But there are so many new word. Ms James: Y ou don’t need to understand every word. You just need to listen for key words and main ideas. Daming: That’s the same for reading. English stories are so interesting. I get to know a lot about the world through reading.Lingling: I think writing is also important. Why don’t we try to find some English pen friends? We can write to them. Ms James: Excellent! I agree with you.Unit 2 You should smile at her!Send your questions to Diana, the Language Doctor.Many students ask for advice about how to improve their English. Here are three basic questions. The first question is about understanding English films and songs. Li Hao from Hubei wrote, “I li ke watching English films and listening to English songs, but I can only understand a little. What ca n I do?”Watching films and listening to songs are great way to learn English! Watch and listen several tim es, and guess the meaning of the new words. Each time you will learn something new. I also advise you to talk about the films or songs with your friends.The second question is about speaking. Wang Fan from Jilin wrote, “Our school has a teacher fro m the US. I am shy and I am afraid to speak to her. What should I do?”You can say, “Hello! How are you?”“Do you like China?” These are good ways to start a conversat ion. And before you begin, you should smile at her! Remember this: Do not be shy. Just try.The third question is about vocabulary. Zhang Lei from Anhui wrote, “I write down new words, but I forget them quickly. How can I remember them?”Do not worry. It is natural to forget new words! I suggest you write four or five words a day on piec es of paper and place them in your room. Read the words when you see them, and try to use them. Module 2 My home town and my countryUnit 1 It’s taller than many other buildings.Tony: Hey, Daming! How was your weekend?Daming: Pretty good! I went to Shenzhen.Tony: Where’s Shenzhen?Daming: Well, it’s on the coast near Hong Kong. It was a small village about thirty years ago, but to day it’s a very big city.Tony: So it’s a newer city than Hong Kong?Daming: Yes, it’s a newer city. In fact, it only became important in the 1980s.It’s getting bigger and busier. Some day it will become as busy as Hong Kong, I’m sure.Tony: What’s the population of Shenzhen?Daming: It’s over ten million, I think. That’s larger than the population of many other cities in Chin a. Its streets are much wider and cleaner too. I think it’s a beautiful city.Tony: I’d like to go to there one day.Daming: Remember to visit the Diwang Tower. It’s taller than many other buildings in Shenzhen.Unit 2 Cambridge is a beautiful city in the east of England.Cambridge, London and EnglandBy Tony SmithI come from Cambridge, a beautiful city in the east of England. It is on the River Cam and has a population of about 120,000. My home is especially famous for its university. Many famous people studied here, such as Isaac Newton and Charles Darwin. There are lots of old buildings and church es to visit. Students and tourists enjoy trips along the river by boat.Cambridge is 80 kilometres from London. London is in the south of England and it is on the Riv er Thames. It has a population of about seven and a half million, so it is bigger and busier than Cam bridge. It is about 2,000 years old, and it is famous for Big Ben, Buckingham Palace and Tower Bri dge.England itself is a part of an island, and you are always near the sea. The small villages and bea ches on the coast are popular for holidays. Tourists like the areas of low and beautiful lakes in the n orth, and the hills and pretty villages in the south. Everywhere in England you will notice how gree n the countryside is.It is never very hot in summer or very cold in winter. So come and see England any time of the ye ar, but bring an umbrella with you. You will need it most days.Module 3 SportsUnit 1 Nothing is more exciting than playing tennis.Daming: Hey, Tony. Come and watch the football match on TV.Tony: OK. What’s the score?Daming: Spain scored a minute ago.Tony: Wow! That’s fast!Daming: That’s right. Last week the match on TV was so boring because no one scored at all. So thi s week’s match is already more exciting.Betty: What’s the matter with you, Tony? You look tired.Tony: I’m really tired after last night’s tennis match. And I hurt my knee.Daming: That’s too bad! Sit down and watch the match. It’s safer than playing tennis.Betty: Yes, watching is not sure about that. Nothing is more relaxing too!Tony: Well, I’m not sure about that. Nothing is more enjoyable than playing tennis.Betty: But you enjoyed watching the Olympics on TV, right?Tony: Yes, but that’s because it was cheaper than buying tickets for all the games.Daming: And staying at home was easier than going to the stadium. Oh, look at that!Tony: Oh, he missed! Oh, bad luck!Daming: Never mind. There’s still plenty of time for them to score.Unit2 This year we practice more carefully.Training hardBy Li Daming It is Saturday tomorrow, but I am going to school. I am not going for lessons, but to play football. I am in our school team and we are going to play against another sch ool next week. The practice starts at 10 am. We all arrive as early as we can so that w e have time to warm up. We are training harder than usual because the other team bea t us last year. This year we want to do better.It is more difficult to practise in winter because the days are short and the weather is cold too. It gets dark earlier, so it is important not to be late for after-school practic e.Our coach is pleased because we are playing better as a team now. Last year we w ere sometimes careless when we passed the ball and we lost to the other team in the fi nal match. What a pity! This year we practise more carefully. That means we have a b etter chance of winning.The fan club has fewer people this year. We hope to play well so that we have mo re fans to watch the matches. It is good to have our fans around. They cheer us on lou dly and we feel more confident to win the game.Module 4 Planes, ships, and trainsUnit1 He lives the farthest from schoolBetty: I was late for school today.Mum: Why? What happened?Betty: I took the bus. There was a road accident, and the traffic was very heavy. But n obody was late, except me. Maybe I should go to school by taxi.Mum: It’s the most comfortable way, but it’s also the most expensive.Betty: Then what about going by bike?Mum: That’s a good choice, but it’s a bit dangerous. There’s so much traffic. Betty: But most of my classmates ride bikes, and it’s quite safe. Don’t worry. I’ll be c arefull.Mum: How does Tony go to school?Betty: He lives the farthest from school, so he takes the underground.Mum: And what about Lingling?Betty: Her home is the closest to school, so she walks.Mum: How about Daming?Betty: He goes by bus too, the same as me. But it’s so crowded! And the traffic is hea vy.Mum: All right. You can ride your bike to school, but remember to be careful all the ti me.Unit2 What is the best way to travel?Question: What is the best way to travel from London to Amsterdam.I am planning to travel from London to Amsterdam. How long does the journey ta ke and what is the best way to travel? Could you please tell me about the trains or shi ps to get there? The more information, the better. Thanks!Best answer: There are four ways to travel.A journey by train is more relaxing than by coach, but a lot more expensive. When you go by train, buy your ticket a long time before you travel. It is usually cheaper.You can go by car and by ship across the North Sea. This is the most comfortable way to travel but also the most expensive. Book your ticket before you book your hot el. Remember that parking in Amsterdam is very expensive, so stay outside the city c entre and travel in by bus or by train.The third choice is by coach. This is usually the cheapest, but in summer the coach es sometimes get crowded! And it takes you about twelve hours to get there. However , it will not cost as much as going by train.Finally, you can fly. It is the fastest and the second cheapest, but you may have to wait for hours at the airport because of bad weather.Well, I hope this helps! Have a great trip.Module 5 Lao She TeahouseUnit 1 I wanted to see the Beijing Opera.Listen and readBetty: Lingling and I went to Lao She Teahouse last night.Tony: How was it?Betty: It was great! You know, I wanted to see Beijing Opera, so Lingling offered to t ake me there. We drank tea and watched an opera.Tony: Did you understand the opera?Betty: No, it was difficult to understand the words. But the actors and actress were ex cellent.Tony: How long did you stay?Betty: We only planned to watch for an hour, but in the end, we stayed for three hour s.Tony: Did you enjoyed it?Betty: Well, it was interesting---that’s the main thing. I hope to understand more next time.Tony: Do you often go to see Beijing Opera, Lingling?Lingling: No, I don’t. I wanted to take Betty to the teahouse because it’s famous. Tony: Who is Lao She? Betty: No idea. Ask Lingling.Lingling: Lao She is a great writer. He’s especially famous for his play Teahouse.Unit 2 It describes the changes in Chinese society.2 Read the passage and match the heading with the paragraphs.a) Lao She Teahouseb)The Story of Teahousec)Lao She1Teahouse is one of Lao She’s most famous plays. He wrote it in 1957. The play has three acts and shows the lives of common people in China from the end of the nin eteenth century to the middle of twentieth century. It tells us the story of Wang Lifa a nd the customers of his teahouse in Beijing. It describes the changes in Chinese societ y over fifty years around the beginning of the twentieth century.2Lao She was born in Beijing in 1899. His mother sent him to a t eacher’s school i n 1913. After finishing school in 1918, he became a head teacher of a primary school. In 1924 Lao She left home and went to England. He taught Chinese at a college in L ondon and returned to China five years later. He wrote many plays, novels and short s tories about people’s lives, and was named “the People’s Artist”. Lao She is one of the greatest Chinese writers of the twentieth century.3At Lao She Teahouse today, customers can drink tea and eat delicious Beijing fo od. If you like the Beijing Opera, traditional music or magic shows, you can enjoy the m at the teahouse. Lao She Teahouse gives a warm welcome to everyone from all ove r the world.Module 6 Animals in dangerUnit 1 It allows people to get closer to them.Listen and read(Lingling and Betty are leaving the zoo)Lingling: Did you like the zoo?Betty: Yes! I saw the pandas at last! But I am more interested to see the pandas in the Wolong Panda Reserve, because it allows people to get closer to them.Lingling: It’s sad to think of the pandas and other animals in danger.Betty: We need to protect them better.Lingling: Yes, Many wild animals don’t have a safe place to live, because villages an d farms are growing bigger and are taking away their land and forests.Betty: Also, often there isn’t enough clean water, because we’ve made it dirty. I think we all need to help animals live in peace. Look, there’s a notice.Lingling: It says,“Help! We want to save animals in danger, and we need your help.”Betty: But what can we do?Lingling: It says,“Your money pays to look after the animals.”That means we can giv e money to help protect the animals.Betty: Maybe we can raise some money at school. Let’s find out what else we can do to save as many animals as possible.Unit 2 The WWF is working hard to save them all.2 Read the passage and match the heading with the paragraphs.a)Nature parks for pandasb) WWF And animals in dangerc) The panda’s homed) An animal in danger1Pandas are in danger. There are only about 1,600 pandas living in the wild today. Zoos and research centres are looking after about 340 pandas. Pandas do not have m any babies, and baby pandas often die. The situation is getting very difficult. Scientist are doing a lot of research to help pandas produce more babies and help baby pandas live.2Pandas live in the forests and mountains of Southwest China. Each panda needs to eat a lot of bamboo every day. The bamboo forests are getting smaller, so pandas are losing their home. And there are not many pandas left.3In order to protect pandas in the wild, the government is setting up nature parks and developing other plans. The nature parks will be big and there will be more bamb oo to feed the pandas. Pandas born in zoos may go back to live in the nature parks.4The World Wild Fund for Nature (WWF) wants to protect all animals. And it cho se the panda to be its symbol. We do not want to lose tigers, elephants, or any other a nimals, so the WWF is working hard to save them all.Module7 A famous storyUnit1 Alice was sitting with her sister by the river.Tony: Hi,Lingling!Lingling: Ssh! I’m reading.Tony: Sorry! What’s the book about?Lingling: It’s about a girl called Alice. One day, Alice was sitting with her sister by the river and she saw a white rabbit with a watch. It ran past.Tony: Why was it running? Lingling: Because it was late. Tony: And where was it goi ng?Lingling: To see the Queen of Hearts. Alice followed it and fell down a hole in the ground.Tony: Yes! Then she saw the Cheshire Cat. It was sitting in a tree and smiling at ever yone.Lingling: Then Alice arrived at the March Hare’s house. He was sitting with the Mad Hatter and a mouse. They were having a tea party in the garden.Tony: And then Alice met the Queen of Hearts. She was playing a strange game!Lingling: Do you already know the book?Tony: Yes, It’s Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland. Everyone in Britain knows the stor y.Lingling: Then why did you ask me all those questions?Tony: To see if you remember the story! Ha ha….U2 She was thinking about her cat.Alice was sitting with her sister by the river and her sister was reading a book. A lice had nothing to do. Once or twice she looked into her sister’a book. “And what is a book for,” thought Alice,”without pictures or conversations?” Suddenly a white rab bit with pink eyes ran by.There was nothing strange about that. She heard the rabbit say, “O h dear! Oh dea r! I’ll be late!” and she did not think it was strange. Then the rabbit took a watch out o f its pocket and looked at it. A rabbit with a pocket and a watch. Alice got up and ranacross the field after it. She saw it go down a large rabbit hole in the ground.Then Alice went down after it, but never thought about how she was going to ge t out again. She found that she was falling down a very, very deep hole. It was too dar k for her to see anything. She was falling for a long time. While she was falling, she was thinking about her cat, Dinah. Suddenly she landed on some dry leaves…Module 8Unit1 while the lights were changing to red ,a car suddenly appearedBetty: Good morning, Ms James! You look pale. Are you all right?Ms James: Im OK, but I saw an accident. A boy was riding his bike and listening to music on the road.Daming: That’s very dangerous!Ms James: I was waiting to cross the road. While the lights were changing to red, a ca r suddenly appeared round the corner. It wasn’t going fast, but it didn’t stop. Lingling: Did the boy stop?Ms James: No. And the driver was talking on his mobile phone.Betty: So did the car hit the boy?Ms James: No, I’m glad to say. The car stopped just in time, but the boy fell off his bi ke and hurt his knee.Tony: That’s too bad.Ms James: So when youre on your bike, think about the risk of an accident! Pay atte ntion, stop at the red lights and…..what else?Betty: Don’t ride too fastDaming : Don’t ride side by side with your friends.All: Don’t listen to music!Unite 2One day, when Henry was working in a restaurant, a snake suddenly appeared and bit his hand. A few days earlier, the snake arrived from Asia in a box of bananas. It c limbed out and hid somewhere.“I was trying to pick it up when it bit me again. I threw it across the kitchen, an d it landed on a table.’’While the snake was lying on the table, Henry quickly picked up his mobile phon e and took a photo with it. Then the snake hid behind the fridge When Henry was try ing to find the snake, his hand began to hurt badly. He hurried to hospital. As the do ctors were checking him, the pain got worse . But they could not help him because t hey did not know what kind of snake bit him.As he was lying there in great pain, Henry suddenly remembered the photo. Thedoctors sent the photo to a zoo. As soon as they learnt what kind of snake bit him, th ey gave Henry the right medicine and he left hospital the next day.“So if a snake bites you, take out your mobile phone or camera. Take its photo, an d show the photo to the doctors ‘’, suggests Henry.“But as you know, the snake won’t smile!”Module 9 PopulationUnit1 the population of China is about 1.37 billionBetty: What are you doing?Tony: I’m preparing some notes for a report called “Our growing population.”Lingling: Well, w e re in the right place to talk about that! Beijing is a huge city with a big population that causes a lot of problems, such as too much traffic and noise. Betty: Its not only Beijing. Population increase is a big problem in many countries. D o you know how many babies are born every minute in the world?Tony: No. Can you tell me?Betty: Over 250! That makes over 131.4 million births a yearLingling: I can’t believe it!Betty: The population of China is about 1.37 billion. Thats almost one fifth of the wor ld’s population, that is, about 7 billion.Tony: Hang on a minute! I’ll write that down too!Betty: But in the future, Chinas population wont grow so fast, because families are ge tting smaller.Lingling: How do you know all this?Betty: I wrote my report yesterday!Tony: Great, thanks! Now I can write my report!Unit 2Jo is fifteen and lives in Parkville.When Jo’s grandparents first came to Parkville, it was a quiet village. They had a small house. Close to fields md hills. Parkville was near Arnwick, a city with 200,00 0 people. People from Parkville moved to Armwick to find jobs. And they needed p laces to live.However, it was expensive to live in the city centre, so the government built flats o utside the centre. Soon, Parkville became part of Arnwick.And Arnwick became a ci ty with over a million people. Jo’s family lives in one of those flats. It is very crowde d, and rubbish is also a problem.The small local school in Parkville closed down five years ago, so Jo now has to go to a school in Arnwick with 2,000 pupils. It takes an hour to get there by bus. There is a lot of traffic and pollution. It is clear that Arnwick needs more schools, buses and hospitals. It needs fresh air clean water and better public services. It also needs mor e police to protect its people. But to do all these things, it needs more money. However, can money help solve all these problems? Do we need more big cities l ike this? In fact, this is just a story. In fact, this is just a story.But it describes what is happening all over the world. Could it be your town some day?Module 10 The weatherUnit 1 It might snowBetty: Hey, boys!Tony: Hi, Betty. Hi, Lingling, Where are you going?Betty: We’re going to the park to skate, There’s thick ice on the lake, Are you comin g with US?Tony: Are you joking? It’s really cold today.Daming: And it’s cloudy too so it might snow.Lingling: What’s the temperature?Tony: It’s between minus eight and minus two degrees! Winter is colder here than i E ngland.Daming: Is it snowy in England in December?Tony: Not usually, although this year it snowed quite a lot, Most Decembers are we a nd rainy.Daming: What’s the weather like in America in winter, Betty?Betty: We have cold winters and hot summers. It’s snowy in New York in winter. Tony: Sounds great ! I like sunny weather, and I like snow as well. But I don’t like sh owers or windy weather.Betty: Me neither, Rainy weather is terrible! I wish I were in Australia now, It’s Proba bly sunny and hot there.Lingling: You can go to Hainan lsland if you like sunny weather.Betty: One day I will.Lingling: Come on, better get going! We can skate in the park and get warm.Unit 2 The weather is fine all year round.The US is a very big country.It is about 3,000 miles from the east coast to the west coast, so choose carefully theplaces to see and the time to go. Bring a map because you may want to travel aroun d. New York and Washington D.C. are good places to visit in May or October, but in winter there is a lot of snow.The best time to visit New England is in September.The weather gets cooler, and the green leaves start to turn gold, then brown. Brin g your camera so you can take photos of the autumn trees.California is on the Pacific coast, and the weather is fine all year round. Take your swimming clothes because y ou might want to go swimming in the sea, even in December.In Seattle, in the northwest, it is not very cold but it rains a lot, so bring an umbrell a.In Alaska the days are long and warm in summer, but may be cool in the evening. In winter, Alaska can be very very cold. If you want to visit Alaska, you had better go i n summer. Do not forget to bring a warm sweater with you.In Texas and the southeast, it is usually very hot and sunny compared to other plac es. There are storms from time to time in summer and autumn.So when is the best time to visit the US? Any time you like!Module 11 Way of lifeUnit 1 In China, we open a gift laterBetty: Happy birthday, Lingling.Daming: Here’s your gift.Lingling: Oh, you remembered! What a surprise!Tony: You can open it!Lingling: I don’t think I should open it now. In China, we open a gift later.Betty: But back in the US, we open a gift immediately.Lingling: So what do I do?Betty: You needn’t wait!(Lingling opens her present and finds a dictionary.)Lingling: Oh, thank you. I really wanted one.Betty: We’re happy you like it.Tony: I noticed another difference. In China, you accept a gift with both hands. But in the West, we usually don’t pay much attention to that.Betty: That’s interesting! I’m interested to know all the Chinese traditions. Tell me m ore.Lingling: There are a lot. For example, in my home town, people say you mustn’t do any cleaning on the first day of the Spring Festival. And you mustn’t break anything.It’s bad luck!Daming: You must only use red paper for hongbao because red means luck. And you’d better not cut your hair during the Spring Festival month.Daming: And in the north of China, people eat lots of jiaozi!Betty: Perfect! They taste great.Tony: I like eating jiaozi too. Anyway, the Spring Festival is still over a month away. Let’s celebrate Lingling’s birthday first!Unit 2 In England you usually drink tea with milk.My experiences in England. I went to England last year. I enjoyed my stay, and I noticed something interesting with the English way of life.For example, you must say Mr or Mrs when you meet someone for the first time. When you get to know each ot her better or when they ask you to, you can just use their first names.One day we visited some friends and had afternoon tea together. Afternoon tea is n ot just a drink but a light meal at around 4 pm. We ate sandwiches and a large fruit c ake.In England you usually drink tea with milk.So I tried to drink tea with milk too. Fish and chips is the traditional food in England. You can buy it and eat it in special fi sh and chip shops on the high street, or you can take it away and eat it with your finge rs. It is delicious!At the bus stop you must not push your way onto the bus. You need to stand in a line behind the other people and wait your turn. Sometimes people are slow to get o n the bus.Once I noticed a gentleman touch a young man on the shoulder, smile politely and say, “Excuse me! Are you waiting for this bus?” He was really polite.Module 12 HelpUnit1 What should we do before help arrives?Ms James: This mornings class is about first aid, or giving someone basic medical help. Let’s imagine an accident. A boy is lying at the bottom of the stairs. He isn’t moving or making a sound. He is in pain. What can we do to help him?Betty: First of all, find out what’s wrong with him.Ms James: How do we do that?Betty: Ask him.Ms James: Ok. But he could have trouble hearing you or speaking to you.Lingling: Shout for help? Call 120?Ms James: Good idea, but what should we do before help arrives?Tony: Make him comfortable.Ms James: And how can we do that?Tony: Lift him up and sit him on a chair?Ms James: No, that could be harmful! You could drop him and hurt him even more. B etty, you must know! You did some basic medical training.Betty: Make sure he’s warm. Cover him with a coat.Ms James: That’s such good advice that you could be a doctor, Betty!Unit 2 Stay away from windows and heavy furniture.What to do in an earthquakeEarthquakes always happen suddenly, so it is difficult to warn people about them. Usually people have little or no idea about what to do during an earthquake, so here is some advice. Inside Do not jump out of high buildings. Hide under a table. Stay awa y from windows and heavy furniture. Keep clear of fires. Leave the building quickly when the ground stops shaking, but do not use the lift.Keep calm, especially when yo u are with other people. Be brave and be helpful.Outside Move away from buildings, because parts of a building may fall on you. Do not stand near street lights or under power lines. Stay away from bridges and tree s. If you are in a bus or car, stay in it.In the mountains, be careful of falling rocks.On a beach, run away from the sea and move quickly to higher ground.In short, follow what you learnt in school. You can be safe and you can also help save others。

外研版本初中八年级的上册的英语课文全册.doc

外研版本初中八年级的上册的英语课文全册.doc

Module 1 How to learn EnglishUnit 1 Let ’s try to speak English as much as possible.Ms James: Welcome back, everyone! Today,we’ regoing to talk about good ways to learn English. Ready Who has some adviceLingling: We should always speak English in class.Ms James: Good!Let ’s try to speak English as much as possible.Daming: Why not write down the mistakes in our notebooksMs James:That ’s agood idea. Anddon’t forget to write down the correct answers next to the mist akes. What elseLingling: It s’a good idea to spell and pronounce new words aloud every day.Ms James: Thanks a lot, Lingling. How about listening to the radioLingling: Yes,that ’s good for our pronunciation too. But there are so many new word. Ms James:Y ou don’t need to understand every word. You just need to listen for key words and main ideas. Daming: That ’s the same for reading. English stories are so interesting. I get to know a lot aboutth e world through reading.Lingling: I think writing is also important. Why don’t we try to find some English pen friends We ca n write to them. Ms James: Excellent! I agree with you.Unit 2You should smile at her!Send your questions to Diana, the Language Doctor.Many students ask for advice about how to improve their English. Here are three basic question s.The first question is about understanding English films and songs. Li Hao from Hubei wrote,“I lik e watching English films and listening to English songs, but I can only understand a little. What can I do”Watching films and listening to songs are great way to learn English! Watch and listen several ti mes, and guess the meaning of the new words. Each time you will learn something new. I also advi se you to talk about the films or songs with your friends.The second question is about speaking. Wang Fan from Jilin wrote,“ Ourschool has a teacher fro m the US. I am shy and I am afraid to speak to her. What should doI”You can say,“ Hello!How are you”“ Doyou like China ”These are good ways to start a conversation . And before you begin, you should smile at her! Remember this: Do not be shy. Just try.The third question is about vocabulary. Zhang Lei from Anhui wrote,“I write down new words, butI forget them quickly. How can I remember them”Do not worry. It is natural to forget new words! I suggest you write four or five words a day on pie ces of paper and place them in your room. Read the words when you see them, and try to usethe m.Module 2My home town and my countryUnit 1 It ’s taller than many other buildings.Tony: Hey, Daming! How was your weekendDaming: Pretty good! I went to Shenzhen.Tony: Where’s ShenzhenDaming: Well, it ’s onthe coast near Hong Kong. It was a small village about thirty years ago, but to day it ’s avery big city.Tony: Soit ’s anewer city than Hong KongDaming: Yes,it ’s anewer city. In fact, it only became important in the ’s getting bigger and busier. Some day it will become as busy as Hong Kong,I’m sure.Tony: What’s the population of ShenzhenDaming: It ’s over ten million, I think. That ’s larger than the population of many other cities inChin a. Its streets are much wider and cleaner too. I think it ’s abeautiful city.Tony: I ’d like to go to there one day.Daming: Remember to visit the Diwang Tower.It ’s taller than many other buildings in Shenzhen.Unit 2 Cambridge is a beautiful city in the east of England.Cambridge, London and EnglandBy Tony SmithI come from Cambridge, a beautiful city in the east of England. It is on the River Cam and has apop ulation of about 120,000. My home is especially famous for its university. Many famous people stu died here, such as Isaac Newton and Charles Darwin. There are lots of old buildings and churches t o visit. Students and tourists enjoy trips along the river by boat.Cambridge is 80 kilometres from London. London is in the south of England and it is on the River T hames. It has a population of about seven and a half million, so it is bigger and busier than Cambri dge. It is about 2,000 years old, and it is famous for Big Ben, Buckingham Palace and Tower Bridge.England itself is a part of an island, and you are always near the sea. The small villages and beache s on the coast are popular for holidays. Tourists like the areas of low and beautiful lakes in the nort h, and the hills and pretty villages in the south. Everywhere in England you will notice how green t he countryside is.It is never very hot in summer or very cold in winter. So come and see England any time of theyea r, but bring an umbrella with you. You will need it most days.Module 3 SportsUnit 1 Nothing is more exciting than playing tennis.Daming: Hey, Tony. Come and watch the football match on TV.Tony: OK.What’s the scoreDaming: Spain scored a minute ago.Tony: Wow! That ’s fast!Daming: That ’s right. Last week the match on TV was so boring because no one scored at all. So thi s week’s match is already more exciting.Betty: What’s the matter with you, Tony You look tired.Tony: I ’m really tired after last night ’s tennis match. And I hurt my knee.Daming: That ’s too bad! Sit down and watch the match. It ’s safer than playing tennis.Betty: Yes, watching is not sure about that. Nothing is more relaxing too!Tony: Well, I ’m not sure about that. Nothing is more enjoyable than playing tennis.Betty: But you enjoyed watching the Olympics on TV, rightTony: Yes, butthat ’s because it was cheaper than buying tickets for all the games.Daming: And staying at home was easier than going to the stadium. Oh, look at that!Tony: Oh, he missed! Oh, bad luck!Daming: Never mind. There ’s still plenty of time for them to score.Unit2 This year we practice more carefully.Training hardBy Li DamingIt is Saturday tomorrow, but I am going to school. I am not going for lessons, but to play football. I am in our school team and we are going to play against another scho ol next week. The practice starts at 10 am. We all arrive as early as we can so that w e have time to warm up. We are training harder than usual because the other team beat us last year. This year we want to do better.It is more difficult to practise in winter because the days are short and the weather i s cold too. It gets dark earlier, so it is important not to be late for after-school practic e.Our coach is pleased because we are playing better as a team now. Last year we wer e sometimes careless when we passed the ball and we lost to the other team in the f inal match. What a pity! This year we practise more carefully. That means we have a better chance of winning.The fan club has fewer people this year. We hope to play well so that we have more fans to watch the matches. It is good to have our fans around. They cheer us on loud ly and we feel more confident to win the game.Module 4 Planes, ships, and trainsUnit1He lives the farthest from schoolBetty: I was late for school today.Mum: Why What happenedBetty: I took the bus. There was a road accident, and the traffic was very heavy.But nobody was late, except me. Maybe I should go to school by taxi. Mum: It ’s the most comfortable way, but it ’s also the most expensive.Betty: Then what about going by bikeMum: That ’s agood choice, but it ’s abit dangerous. There ’s somuch traffic.Betty: But most of my classmates ride bikes, andit ’s quite safe. Don’t worry. I ’bell c arefull.Mum: How does Tony go to schoolBetty: He lives the farthest from school, so he takes the underground.Mum: And what about LinglingBetty: Her home is the closest to school, so she walks.Mum: How about DamingBetty: He goes by bus too, the same as me. Buti ’s socrowded! And the traffic is heavy.Mum: All right. You can ride your bike to school, but remember to be careful all thet ime.Unit2 What is the best way to travelQuestion: What is the best way to travel from London to Amsterdam.I am planning to travel from London to Amsterdam. How long does the journey take and what is the best way to travel Could you please tell me about the trains orships to get there The more information, the better. Thanks! Best answer: Thereare four ways to travel.A journey by train is more relaxing than by coach, but a lot more expensive. Whe n you go by train, buy your ticket a long time before you travel. It is usually cheaper.You can go by car and by ship across the North Sea. This is the most comfortable way to travel but also the most expensive. Book your ticket before you book your h otel. Remember that parking in Amsterdam is very expensive, so stay outside the cit y centre and travel in by bus or by train.The third choice is by coach. This is usually the cheapest, but in summer the coac hes sometimes get crowded! And it takes you about twelve hours to get there. How ever, it will not cost as much as going by train.Finally, you can fly. It is the fastest and the second cheapest, but you may have t o wait for hours at the airport because of bad weather. Well, I hope this helps! Have a great trip.Module 5Lao She TeahouseUnit 1 I wanted to see the Beijing Opera.Listen and readBetty: Lingling and I went to Lao She Teahouse last night.Tony: How was itBetty: It was great! You know, I wanted to see Beijing Opera, so Lingling offered to t ake me there. We drank tea and watched an opera. Tony: Did you understand the operaBetty: No, it was difficult to understand the words. But the actors and actress were excellent.Tony: How long did you stayBetty: We only planned to watch for an hour, but in the end, we stayed for three ho urs.Tony: Did you enjoyed itBetty: Well, it was interesting---that ’s the main thing. I hope to understand more ne xt time.Tony: Do you often go to see Beijing Opera, LinglingLingling: No, I don’ It.wanted to take Betty to the teahouse because it ’s famous. Tony: Who is Lao She Betty: No idea. Ask Lingling.Lingling: Lao She is a great writer.He’s especially famous for his play Teahouse.Unit 2It describes the changes in Chinese society.2 Read the passage and match the heading with the paragraphs.a)Lao She Teahouseb)The Story ofTeahouse c)Lao She1Teahouse is one of LaoShe’s most famous plays. He wrote it in 1957. The play hasth ree acts and shows the lives of common people in China from the end of the ninetee nth century to the middle of twentieth century. It tells us the story of Wang Lifa and the customers of his teahouse in Beijing. It describes the changes in Chinese society over fifty years around the beginning of the twentieth century.2Lao She was born in Beijing in 1899. His mother sent him to teacher ’s school in 191 3. After finishing school in 1918, he became a head teacher of a primary school. In 1 924 Lao She left home and went to England. He taught Chinese at a college in Londo n and returned to China five years later. He wrote many plays, novels and short stories about people ’s lives, and was named“ thePeople ’s Artist Lao”.She is one of the g reatest Chinese writers of the twentieth century.3At Lao She Teahouse today, customers can drink tea and eat delicious Beijing food. If you like the Beijing Opera, traditional music or magic shows, you can enjoy them at the teahouse. Lao She Teahouse gives a warm welcome to everyone from all over th e world.Module 6Animals in dangerUnit 1 It allows people to get closer to them.Listen and read(Lingling and Betty are leaving the zoo)Lingling: Did you like the zooBetty: Yes! I saw the pandas at last! But I am more interested to see the pandas in t he Wolong Panda Reserve, because it allows people to get closer to them. Lingling: It ’s sad to think of the pandas and other animals in danger.Betty: We need to protect them better.Lingling: Yes, Many wild animalsdon’t have a safe place to live, because villages and farms are growing bigger and are taking away their land and forests.Betty: Also, often there isn ’t enough clean water, becausewe’ vemade it dirty. I thin k we all need to help animals live in peace. Look,there ’s anotice.Lingling: It says, “ Help!We want to save animals in danger, and we need yourhelp. ”Betty: But what can we doLingling: It says, “ Yourmoney pays to look after the animals.” Thatmeans we can give money to help protect the animals.Betty: Maybe we can raise some money at schoolLet. ’s find out what else we cand o to save as many animals as possible.Unit 2The WWF is working hard to save them all.2 Read the passage and match the heading with the paragraphs.Nature parks for pandasb)WWF And animals in dangerc)The panda ’s homed)An animal in danger1Pandas are in danger. There are only about 1,600 pandas living in the wild today. Zo os and research centres are looking after about 340 pandas. Pandas do not have ma ny babies, and baby pandas often die. The situation is getting very difficult. Scientist are doing a lot of research to help pandas produce more babies and help baby pand as live.2Pandas live in the forests and mountains of Southwest China. Each panda needs to eat a lot of bamboo every day. The bamboo forests are getting smaller, so pandas are losing their home. And there are not many pandas left.3In order to protect pandas in the wild, the government is setting up nature parks and developing other plans. The nature parks will be big and there will be more bambo o to feed the pandas. Pandas born in zoos may go back to live in the nature parks.4The World Wild Fund for Nature (WWF) wants to protect all animals. And it chose th e panda to be its symbol. We do not want to lose tigers, elephants, or any other ani mals, so the WWF is working hard to save them all.Module7 A famous storyUnit1 Alice was sitting with her sister by the river.Tony: Hi,Lingling!Lingling: Ssh! I ’m reading.Tony: Sorry! What’s the book aboutLingling: It ’s about a girl called Alice. One day, Alice was sitting with her sisterby the river and she saw a white rabbit with a watch. It ran past.Tony: Why was it running Lingling: Because it was late. Tony: And where was it goingLingling: To see the Queen of Hearts. Alice followed it and fell down a hole inthe ground.Tony: Yes! Then she saw the Cheshire Cat. It was sitting in a tree and smiling at every one.Lingling: Then Alice arrived at the MarchHare ’s house. He was sitting with theMad Hatter and a mouse. They were having a tea party in the garden.Tony: And then Alice met the Queen of Hearts. She was playing a strange game! Lingling: Do you already know the bookTony: Yes,It ’s Alice ’s Adventures in Wonderland. Everyone in Britain knows thestor y.Lingling: Then why did you ask me all those questionsTony: To see if you remember the story! Haha⋯.U2 She was thinking about her cat.Alice was sitting with her sister by the river and her sister was reading a book. Alice had nothing to do. Once or twice she looked into her sister ’a book. “ Andwhat is a b ook for,thought” Alice, ” withoutpictures or conversations Suddenly” a white rabbit with pink eyes ran by.There was nothing strange about that. She heard the rabbit say,“ Ohdear! Oh dear !I ’bell late! and” she did not think it was strange. Then the rabbit took a watch outof its pocket and looked at it. A rabbit with a pocket and a watch. Alice got up and ra n across the field after it. She saw it go down a large rabbit hole in the ground. Then Alice went down after it, but never thought about how she was going to get o ut again. She found that she was falling down a very, very deep hole. It was too darkfor her to see anything. She was falling for a long time. While she was falling, she wa s thinking about her cat, Dinah. Suddenly she landed on some dryleaves ⋯Module 8Unit1 while the lights were changing to red ,a car suddenly appearedBetty: Good morning, Ms James! You look pale. Are you all rightMs James: Im OK, but I saw an accident. A boy was riding his bike and listening to m usic on the road.Daming: That’s very dangerous!Ms James: I was waiting to cross the road. While the lights were changing to red, a car suddenly appeared round the corner. It wasn’t going fast, but itdidn ’t stop. Lingling: Did the boy stopMs James: No. And the driver was talking on his mobile phone.Betty: So did the car hit the boyMs James: No,I ’m glad to say. The car stopped just in time, but the boy fell off his bike and hurt his knee.Tony: That’s too bad.Ms James: So when youre on your bike, think about the risk of an accident! Pay att ention, stop at the red lights and⋯..what elseBetty: Don’t ride too fastDaming : Don’t ride side by side with your friends.All: Don’t listen to music!Unite 2One day, when Henry was working in a restaurant, a snake suddenly appeared and bit his hand. A few days earlier, the snake arrived from Asia in a box of bananas. It c limbed out and hid somewhere.“ I was trying to pick it up when it bit me again. I threw it across the kitchen, an d it landed on a table. ’’While the snake was lying on the table, Henry quickly picked up his mobile phon e and took a photo with it. Then the snake hid behind the fridge When Henry was trying to find the snake, his hand began to hurt badly. He hurried to hospital. As the doctors were checking him, the pain got worse . But they could not help him becau se they did not know what kind of snake bit him.As he was lying there in great pain, Henry suddenly remembered the photo. The do ctors sent the photo to a zoo. As soon as they learnt what kind of snake bit him, the y gave Henry the right medicine and he left hospital the next day.“ So if a snake bites you, take out your mobile phone or camera. Take its photo, and show the photo to the doctors ‘’,suggests Henry.“But as you know, the snake won’t smile!”Module 9 PopulationUnit1 the population of China is about billionBetty: What are you doingTony: I ’m preparing some notes for a report called “ Ourgrowing population. ”Lingling: Well, were in the right place to talk about that! Beijing is a huge city with a big population that causes a lot of problems, such as too much traffic and noise. Betty: Its not only Beijing. Population increase is a big problem in many countries.D o you know how many babies are born every minute in the world Tony: No. Can you tell meBetty: Over 250! That makes over million births a yearLingling: I can’t believe it!Betty: The population of China is about billion. Thats almost one fifth of the world’ s population, that is, about 7 billion.Tony: Hang on a minute! I ’writell that down too!Betty: But in the future, Chinas population wont grow so fast, because families are g etting smaller.Lingling: How do you know all thisBetty: I wrote my report yesterday!Tony: Great, thanks! Now I can write my report!Unit 2Jo is fifteen and lives in Parkville.When Jo’s grandparents first came to Parkville, it was a quiet village. They had a s mall house. Close to fields md hills. Parkville was near Arnwick, a city with 200,000 p eople. People from Parkville moved to Armwick to find jobs. And they needed plac es to live.However, it was expensive to live in the city centre, so the government built flats ou tside the centre. Soon, Parkville became part of Arnwick became a city with over a million people. Jo’s family lives in one of those flats. It is very crowded, and rubbish i s also a problem.The small local school in Parkville closed down five years ago, so Jo now has to go to a school in Arnwick with 2,000 pupils. It takes an hour to get there by bus. There is a lot of traffic and pollution. It is clear that Arnwick needs more schools, buses and ho spitals. It needs fresh air clean water and better public services. It also needs more police to protect its people. But to do all these things, it needs more money. However, can money help solve all these problems Do we need more big cities like this In fact, this is just a story. In fact, this is just a story.But it describes what is happening all over the world. Could it be your town some d ayModule 10 The weatherUnit 1 It might snowBetty: Hey, boys!Tony: Hi, Betty. Hi, Lingling, Where are you goingBetty: We’ regoing to the park to skate, There ’s thick ice on the lake, Are you comin g with USTony: Are you joking It’s really cold today.Daming: And it’s cloudy too so it might snow.Lingling: What’s the temperatureTony: It ’s between minus eight and minus two degrees! Winter is colder here than i England.Daming: Is it snowy in England in DecemberTony: Not usually, although this year it snowed quite a lot, Most Decembers arewe and rainy.Daming: What’s the weather like in America in winter, BettyBetty: We have cold winters and hot summers. It ’s snowy in New York in winter.Tony: Sounds great ! I like sunny weather, and I like snow as well. ButdonI’t like sho wers or windy weather.Betty: Me neither, Rainy weather is terrible! I wish I were in Australia now,It ’s Proba bly sunny and hot there.Lingling: You can go to Hainan lsland if you like sunny weather.Betty: One day I will.Lingling: Come on, better get going! We can skate in the park and get warm.Unit 2The weather is fine all year round.The US is a very big country.It is about 3,000 miles from the east coast to the west coast, so choose carefully the places to see and the time to go. Bring a map because you may want to travel arou nd. New York and Washington D.C. are good places to visit in May or October, but in winter there is a lot of snow.The best time to visit New England is in September.The weather gets cooler, and the green leaves start to turn gold, then brown. Bring your camera so you can take photos of the autumn is on the Pacific coast, and the w eather is fine all year round. Take your swimming clothes because you might want t o go swimming in the sea, even in December.In Seattle, in the northwest, it is not very cold but it rains a lot, so bring an umbrella. In Alaska the days are long and warm in summer, but may be cool in the evening. Inwinter, Alaska can be very very cold. If you want to visit Alaska, you had better go in summer. Do not forget to bring a warm sweater with you.In Texas and the southeast, it is usually very hot and sunny compared to other place s. There are storms from time to time in summer and autumn. So when is the best time to visit the US Any time you like!Module 11 Way of lifeUnit 1 In China, we open a gift laterBetty: Happy birthday, Lingling.Daming: Here’s your gift.Lingling: Oh, you remembered! What a surprise!Tony: You can open it!Lingling: I don’t think I should open it now. In China, we open a gift later.Betty: But back in the US, we open a gift immediately.Lingling: So what do I doBetty: You needn’t wait!(Lingling opens her present and finds a dictionary.)Lingling: Oh, thank you. I really wanted one.Betty: We’re happy you like it.Tony: I noticed another difference. In China, you accept a gift with both hands. But in the West, we usually don’t pay much attention to that.Betty: That ’s interesting! I ’m interested to know all the Chinese traditions. Tell me m ore.Lingling: There are a lot. For example, in my home town, people say youmustn ’t do any cleaning on the first day of the Spring Festival. And youmustn ’t break anything.It ’s bad luck!Daming: You must only use red paper for hongbao because red means luck. And you ’d better not cut your hair during the Spring Festival month.Daming: And in the north of China, people eat lots of jiaozi!Betty: Perfect! They taste great.Tony: I like eating jiaozi too. Anyway, the Spring Festival is still over a month away. L et’s celebrate Lingling’s birthday first!Unit 2 In England you usually drink tea with milk.My experiences in England. I went to England last year. I enjoyed my stay, and I no ticed something interesting with the English way of example, you must say Mr or Mrs when you meet someone for the first time. When you get to know each other bet ter or when they ask you to, you can just use their first names.One day we visited some friends and had afternoon tea together. Afternoon tea is n ot just a drink but a light meal at around 4 pm. We ate sandwiches and a large fruit cake.In England you usually drink tea with I tried to drink tea with milk too.Fish and chips is the traditional food in England. You can buy it and eat it in special fi sh and chip shops on the high street, or you can take it away and eat it with your fin gers. It is delicious!At the bus stop you must not push your way onto the bus. You need to stand in a li ne behind the other people and wait your turn. Sometimes people are slow to get on the bus.Once I noticed a gentleman touch a young man on the shoulder, smile politely and s ay, “ Excuseme! Are you waiting for this bus ”He was really polite.Module 12 HelpUnit1 What should we do before help arrivesMs James: This mornings class is about first aid, or giving someone basic medical hel p. Let ’ s imagine an accident. A boy is lying at the bottom of the stairs. He isn ’ t moving or making a sound. He is in pain. What can we do to help him Betty: First of all, find out what ’s wrong with him.Ms James: How do we do thatBetty: Ask him.Ms James: Ok. But he could have trouble hearing you or speaking to you. Lingling: Shout for help Call 120Ms James: Good idea, but what should we do before help arrivesTony: Make him comfortable.Ms James: And how can we do thatTony: Lift him up and sit him on a chairMs James: No, that could be harmful! You could drop him and hurt him even more. Betty, you must know! You did some basic medical training.Betty: Make sure he’s warm. Cover him with a coat.Ms James: That’s such good advice that you could be a doctor, Betty!Unit 2 Stay away from windows and heavy furniture.What to do in an earthquakeEarthquakes always happen suddenly, so it is difficult to warn people about them. Usually people have little or no idea about what to do during an earthquake, so here is some advice. Inside Do not jump out of high buildings. Hide under a table. Stay a way from windows and heavy furniture. Keep clear of fires. Leave the building quickl y when the ground stops shaking, but do not use the calm, especially when you are with other people. Be brave and be helpful.Outside Move away from buildings, because parts of a building may fall on you. Do not stand near street lights or under power lines. Stay away from bridges and trees. If you are in a bus or car, stay in the mountains, be careful of falling a beach, run away from the sea and move quickly to higher ground.In short, follow what you learnt in school. You can be safe and you can also help sav e others。

外研版八年级上册英语课文电子版(全册)

外研版八年级上册英语课文电子版(全册)

Module 1 How to learn EnglishUnit 1 Let’s try to speak English as much as possible .Ms James: Welcome back, everyone! Today, we’re going to talk abou t good ways to learn English. Ready Who has some adviceLingling: We should always speak English in class.Ms James: Good! Let’s try to speak English as much as possible.Daming: Why not write down the mistakes in our notebooks Ms James: That’s a good idea. And don’t forget to write down t he correct answers next to the mistakes. What elseLingling: It’s a good idea to spell and pronounce new words alou d every day.Ms James: Thanks a lot, Lingling. How about listening to the radi oLingling: Yes, that’s good for our pronunciation too. But there a re so many new word. Ms James: You don’t need to understand every word. You just need to listen for key words and main ideas.Daming: That’s the same for reading. English stories are so inter esting. I get to know a lot about the world through reading.Lingling: I think writing is also important. Why don’t we try to find some English pen friends We can write to them. Ms James: Exce llent! I agree with you.Unit 2 You should smile at her!Send your questions to Diana, the Language Doctor.Many students ask for advice about how to improve their En glish. Here are three basic questions.The first question is about understanding English films and songs. Li Hao from Hubei wrote, “I like watching English films and listening to English songs, but I can only understand a little. Wha t can I do”Watching films and listening to songs are great way to lea rn English! Watch and listen several times, and guess the meaning of the new words. Each time you will learn something new. I also advi se you to talk about the films or songs with your friends.The second question is about speaking. Wang Fan from Jilin wrote, “Our school has a teacher from the US. I am shy and I am afraid to speak to her. What should I do”You can say, “Hello!How are you”“Do you like China”These are good ways to start a conversation. And before you begin, you sho uld smile at her! Remember this: Do not be shy. Just try.The third question is about vocabulary. Zhang Lei from Anhui wrote, “I write down new words, but I forget them quickly. How can I r emember them”Do not worry. It is natural to forget new words! I suggest you write four or five words a day on pieces of paper and place them i n your room. Read the words when you see them, and try to use them .Module 2 My home town and my countryUnit 1 It’s taller than many other buildings.Tony: Hey, Daming! How was your weekendDaming: Pretty good! I went to Shenzhen.Tony: Where’s ShenzhenDaming: Well, it’s on the coast near Hong Kong. It was a small village about thirty years ago, but today it’s a very big city.Tony: So it’s a newer city than Hong KongDaming: Yes, it’s a newer city. In fact, it only became importan t in the ’s getting bigger and busier. Some day it will become as busy as Hong Kong, I’m sure.Tony: What’s the population of ShenzhenDaming: It’s over ten million, I think. That’s larger than the population of many other cities in China. Its streets are much wider and cleaner too. I think it’s a beautiful city.Tony: I’d like to go to there one day.Daming: Remember to visit the Diwang Tower. It’s taller than many other buildings in Shenzhen.Unit 2 Cambridge is a beautiful city in the east ofEngland.Cambridge, London and EnglandBy Tony SmithI come from Cambridge, a beautiful city in the east of England. It is on the River Cam and has a population of about 120,000. My h ome is especially famous for its university. Many famous people studie d here, such as Isaac Newton and Charles Darwin. There are lots of old buildings and churches to visit. Students and tourists enjoy trips along the river by boat.Cambridge is 80 kilometres from London. London is in the south of England and it is on the River Thames. It has a population of about seven and a half million, so it is bigger and busier than Cambri dge. It is about 2,000 years old, and it is famous for Big Ben, Bu ckingham Palace and Tower Bridge.England itself is a part of an island, and you are always near the sea. The small villages and beaches on the coast are popular for holidays. Tourists like the areas of low and beautiful lakes in the north, and the hills and pretty villages in the south. Everywhere i n England you will notice how green the countryside is.It is never very hot in summer or very cold in winter. So come and see England any time of the year, but bring an umbrella with you. You will need it most days.Module 3 SportsUnit 1 Nothing is more exciting than playing tennis .Daming: Hey, Tony. Come and watch the football match on TV.Tony: OK. What’s the scoreDaming: Spain scored a minute ago.Tony: Wow! That’s fast!Daming: That’s right. Last week the match on TV was so boring b ecause no one scored at all. So this week’s match is already more exciting.Betty: What’s the matter with you, Tony You look tired.Tony: I’m really tired after last night’s tennis match. And I h urt my knee.Daming: That’s too bad! Sit down and watch the match. It’s safe r than playing tennis.Betty: Yes, watching is not sure about that. Nothing is more rela xing too!Tony: Well, I’m not sure about that. Nothing is more enjoyable t han playing tennis.Betty: But you enjoyed watching the Olympics on TV, right Tony: Yes, but that’s because it was cheaper than buying tickets for all the games.Daming: And staying at home was easier than going to the stadium.Oh, look at that!Tony: Oh, he missed! Oh, bad luck!Daming: Never mind. There’s still plenty of time for them to sco re.Unit2 This year we practice more carefully.Training hardBy Li Daming It is Saturday tomorrow, but I am going to school. I am not going for lessons, but to play football. I am in our school team and we are going to play against another school next week. The practice starts at 10 am. We all ar rive as early as we can so that we have time to warm up . We are training harder than usual because the other team beat us last year. This year we want to do better.It is more difficult to practise in winter because the days are short and the weather is cold too. It gets dar k earlier, so it is important not to be late for after-sc hool practice.Our coach is pleased because we are playing better as a team now. Last year we were sometimes careless when we passed the ball and we lost to the other team in the fin al match. What a pity! This year we practise more carefull y. That means we have a better chance of winning.The fan club has fewer people this year. We hope to p lay well so that we have more fans to watch the matches.It is good to have our fans around. They cheer us on l oudly and we feel more confident to win the game.Module 4 Planes, ships, and trainsUnit1 He lives the farthest from schoolBetty: I was late for school today.Mum: Why What happenedBetty: I took the bus. There was a road accident, and the traffic was very heavy. But nobody was late, except me. Maybe I should go to school by taxi.Mum: It’s the most comfortable way, but it’s also the most expensive.Betty: Then what about going by bikeMum: That’s a good choice, but it’s a bit dangerous.There’s so much traffic.Betty: But most of my classmates ride bikes, and it’s quite safe. Don’t worry. I’l l be carefull.Mum: How does Tony go to schoolBetty: He lives the farthest from school, so he takes the underground.Mum: And what about LinglingBetty: Her home is the closest to school, so she walks .Mum: How about DamingBetty: He goes by bus too, the same as me. But it’s so crowded! And the traffic is heavy.Mum: All right. You can ride your bike to school, but remember to be careful all the time.Unit2 What is the best way to travel Question: What is the best way to travel from London t o Amsterdam.I am planning to travel from London to Amsterdam. How long does the journey take and what is the best way to t ravel Could you please tell me about the trains or ships to get there The more information, the better. Thanks!Best answer: There are four ways to travel.A journey by train is more relaxing than by coac h, but a lot more expensive. When you go by train, buy y our ticket a long time before you travel. It is usually cheaper. You can go by car and by ship across the North Sea. This is the most comfortable way to travel but also the most expensive. Book your ticket before you book your hotel. Remember that parking in Amsterdam is very ex pensive, so stay outside the city centre and travel in by bus or by train.The third choice is by coach. This is usually th e cheapest, but in summer the coaches sometimes get crowded ! And it takes you about twelve hours to get there. Howev er, it will not cost as much as going by train.Finally, you can fly. It is the fastest and the second cheapest, but you may have to wait for hours at the airport because of bad weather.Well, I hope this helps! Have a great trip.Module 5 Lao She TeahouseUnit 1 I wanted to see the Beijing Opera.Listen and readBetty: Lingling and I went to Lao She Teahouse last night.Tony: How was itBetty: It was great! You know, I wanted to see Beiji ng Opera, so Lingling offered to take me there. We drank tea and watched an opera.Tony: Did you understand the operaBetty: No, it was difficult to understand the words. But the actors and actress were excellent.Tony: How long did you stayBetty: We only planned to watch for an hour, but in the end, we stayed for three hours.Tony: Did you enjoyed itBetty: Well, it was interesting---that’s the main thin g. I hope to understand more next time.Tony: Do you often go to see Beijing Opera, LinglingLingling: No, I don’t.I wanted to take Betty to the teahouse because it’s famous.Tony: Who is Lao She Betty: No idea. Ask Lingling.Lingling: Lao She is a great writer. He’s especially f amous for his play Teahouse.Unit 2 It describes the changes in Chinese society.2 Read the passage and match the heading with the para graphs.a) Lao She Teahouseb)The Story of Teahousec)Lao She1Teahouse is one of Lao She’s most famous plays. He wr ote it in 1957. The play has three acts and shows the li ves of common people in China from the end of the ninetee nth century to the middle of twentieth century. It tells u s the story of Wang Lifa and the customers of his teahous e in Beijing. It describes the changes in Chinese society over fifty years around the beginning of the twentieth cent ury.2Lao She was born in Beijing in 1899. His mother sent him to a teacher’s school in 1913. After finishing school in 1918, he became a head teacher of a primary school. In 1924 Lao She left home and went to England. He taught Chinese at a college in London and returned to China five years later. He wrote many plays, novels and short stori es about people’s lives, and was named “the People’s Art ist”.Lao She is one of the greatest Chinese writers of the twentieth century.3At Lao She Teahouse today, customers can drink tea and eat delicious Beijing food. If you like the Beijing Opera , traditional music or magic shows, you can enjoy them at the teahouse. Lao She Teahouse gives a warm welcome to e veryone from all over the world.Module 6 Animals in dangerUnit 1 It allows people to get closer to them.Listen and read(Lingling and Betty are leaving the zoo)Lingling: Did you like the zooBetty: Yes! I saw the pandas at last! But I am more interested to see the pandas in the Wolong Panda Reserve, because it allows people to get closer to them.Lingling: It’s sad to think of the pandas and other a nimals in danger.Betty: We need to protect them better.Lingling: Yes, Many wild animals don’t have a safe pla ce to live, because villages and farms are growing bigger and are taking away their land and forests.Betty: Also, often there isn’t enough clean water, be cause we’ve made it dirty. I think we all need to help animals live in peace. Look, there’s a notice.Lingling: It says,“Help!We want to save animals in da nger, and we need your help.”Betty: But what can we doLingling: It says,“Your money pays to look after the a nimals.”That means we can give money to help protect theanimals.Betty: Maybe we can raise some money at school. Let’s find out what else we can do to save as many animals as possible.Unit 2 The WWF is working hard to save th em all.2 Read the passage and match the heading with the para graphs.a)Nature parks for pandasb) WWF And animals in dangerc) The panda’s homed) An animal in danger1Pandas are in danger. There are only about 1,600 pandas living in the wild today. Zoos and research centres are looking after about 340 pandas. Pandas do not have many ba bies, and baby pandas often die. The situation is getting very difficult. Scientist are doing a lot of research to h elp pandas produce more babies and help baby pandas live.2Pandas live in the forests and mountains of Southwest C hina. Each panda needs to eat a lot of bamboo every day.The bamboo forests are getting smaller, so pandas are los ing their home. And there are not many pandas left.3In order to protect pandas in the wild, the government is setting up nature parks and developing other plans. Th e nature parks will be big and there will be more bambooto feed the pandas. Pandas born in zoos may go back to live in the nature parks.4The World Wild Fund for Nature (WWF) wants to protect all animals. And it chose the panda to be its symbol. Wedo not want to lose tigers, elephants, or any other anim als, so the WWF is working hard to save them all.Module7 A famous storyUnit1 Alice was sitting with her sister by the river.Tony: Hi,Lingling!Lingling: Ssh! I’m reading.Tony: Sorry! What’s the book aboutLingling: It’s about a girl called Alice. One day, Ali ce was sitting with her sister by the river a nd she saw a white rabbit with a watch. It ran past.Tony: Why was it running Lingling: Because it was late.Tony: And where was it goingLingling: To see the Queen of Hearts. Alice followed it and fell down a hole in the ground.Tony: Yes! Then she saw the Cheshire Cat. It was sitti ng in a tree and smiling at everyone.Lingling: Then Alice arrived at the March Hare’s hous e. He was sitting with the Mad Hatter and a mouse. They were having a tea party in the garden.Tony: And then Alice met the Queen of Hearts. She was playing a strange game!Lingling: Do you already know the bookTony: Yes, It’s Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland. Every one in Britain knows the story.Lingling: Then why did you ask me all those questions Tony: To see if you remember the story! Ha ha….U2 She was thinking about her cat.Alice was sitting with her sister by the river and her sister was reading a book. Alice had nothing to do. Once or twice she looked into her sister’a book. “And what is a book for,”thought Alice,”without pictures or convers ations”Suddenly a white rabbit with pink eyes ran by.There was nothing strange about that. She heard th e rabbit say, “Oh dear! Oh dear! I’ll be late!”and sh e did not think it was strange. Then the rabbit took a w atch out of its pocket and looked at it. A rabbit with a pocket and a watch. Alice got up and ran across the fie ld after it. She saw it go down a large rabbit hole in the ground.Then Alice went down after it, but never thought abou t how she was going to get out again. She found that she was falling down a very, very deep hole. It was too dar k for her to see anything. She was falling for a long ti me. While she was falling, she was thinking about her cat, Dinah. Suddenly she landed on some dry leaves…Module 8Unit1 while the lights were changing to red ,a car suddenly appeared Betty: Good morning, Ms James! You look pale. Are you all rightMs James: Im OK, but I saw an accident. A boy was riding his bike and listening to music on the road.Daming: That’s very dangerous!Ms James: I was waiting to cross the road. While the lights were changing to red, a car suddenly appeared round the corner. It wasn’t going fast, but it didn’t stop.Lingling: Did the boy stopMs James: No. And the driver was talking on his mobile phone.Betty: So did the car hit the boyMs James: No, I’m glad to say. The car stopped just in time, but the boy fell off his bike and hurt his knee .Tony: That’s too bad.Ms James: So when youre on your bike, think about the risk of an accident! Pay attention, stop at the red l ights and…..what elseBetty: Don’t ride too fastDaming : Don’t ride side by side with your friends.All: Don’t listen to music!Unite 2One day, when Henry was working in a restaurant, a s nake suddenly appeared and bit his hand. A few days ea rlier, the snake arrived from Asia in a box of bananas. I t climbed out and hid somewhere.“I was trying to pick it up when it bit me again. I threw it across the kitchen, and it landed on a table.’’While the snake was lying on the table, Henry quickly picked up his mobile phone and took a photo with it. Then the snake hid behind the fridge When Henry wa s trying to find the snake,his hand began to hurt badly . He hurried to hospital. As the doctors were checking him , the pain got worse . But they could not help him beca use they did not know what kind of snake bit him.As he was lying there in great pain, Henry suddenly remembered the photo. The doctors sent the photo to a zo o. As soon as they learnt what kind of snake bit him, they gave Henry the right medicine and he left hospital the next day.“So if a snake bites you, take out your mobile phone or camera. Take its photo, and show the photo to the do ctors ‘’,suggests Henry.“But as you know, the snake won’t smile!”Module 9 PopulationUnit1 the population of China is about billionBetty: What are you doingTony: I’m preparing some notes for a report called “O ur growing population.”Lingling: Well, were in the right place to talk about that! Beijing is a huge city with a big population that c auses a lot of problems, such as too much traffic and noi se.Betty: Its not only Beijing. Population increase is a b ig problem in many countries. Do you know how many babies are born every minute in the worldTony: No. Can you tell meBetty: Over 250! That makes over million births a y earLingling: I can’t believe it!Betty: The population of China is about billion. Thats almost one fifth of the world’s population, that is, about 7 billion.Tony: Hang on a minute! I’ll write that down too!Betty: But in the future, Chinas population wont grow s o fast, because families are getting smaller.Lingling: How do you know all thisBetty: I wrote my report yesterday!Tony: Great, thanks! Now I can write my report!Unit 2Jo is fifteen and lives in Parkville.When Jo’s grandparents first came to Parkville, it was a quiet village. They had a small house. Close to f ields md hills. Parkville was near Arnwick, a city with 200,000 people. People from Parkville moved to Armwick to find jobs. And they needed places to live.However, it was expensive to live in the city centre, so the government built flats outside the centre. Soon, Parkville became part of Arnwick became a city with ove r a million people. Jo’s family lives in one of those fl ats. It is very crowded, and rubbish is also a problem.The small local school in Parkville closed down five ye ars ago, so Jo now has to go to a school in Arnwick wit h 2,000 pupils. It takes an hour to get there by bus. Th ere is a lot of traffic and pollution. It is clear that Arnwick needs more schools, buses and hospitals. It need s fresh air clean water and better public services. It a lso needs more police to protect its people. But to do al l these things, it needs more money.However, can money help solve all these problems Do we need more big cities like this In fact, this is just a story. In fact, this is just a story.But it describes what is happening all over the world.Could it be your town some dayModule 10 The weatherUnit 1 It might snowBetty: Hey, boys!Tony: Hi, Betty. Hi, Lingling, Where are you goingBetty: We’re going to the park to skate, There’s thic k ice on the lake, Are you coming with USTony: Are you joking It’s really cold today.Daming: And it’s cloudy too so it might snow.Lingling: What’s the temperatureTony: It’s between minus eight and minus two degrees! Winter is colder here than i England.Daming: Is it snowy in England in DecemberTony: Not usually, although this year it snowed quite a lot, Most Decembers are we and rainy.Daming: What’s the weather like in America in winter, BettyBetty: We have cold winters and hot summers. It’s snow y in New York in winter.Tony: Sounds great ! I like sunny weather, and I like snow as well. But I don’t like showers or windy weather .Betty: Me neither, Rainy weather is terrible! I wish I were in Australia now, It’s Probably sunny and hot there .Lingling: You can go to Hainan lsland if you like sunn y weather.Betty: One day I will.Lingling: Come on, better get going! We can skate in the park and get warm.Unit 2 The weather is fine all year round.The US is a very big country.It is about 3,000 miles from the east coast to the we st coast, so choose carefully the places to see and the t ime to go. Bring a map because you may want to travel around. New York and Washington D.C. are good places to visit in May or October, but in winter there is a lot of snow.The best time to visit New England is in September.The weather gets cooler, and the green leaves start to turn gold, then brown. Bring your camera so you can take photos of the autumn is on the Pacific coast, andthe weather is fine all year round. Take your swimming cl othes because you might want to go swimming in the sea, e ven in December.In Seattle, in the northwest, it is not very cold but it rains a lot, so bring an umbrella.In Alaska the days are long and warm in summer, but may be cool in the evening. In winter, Alaska can be very very cold. If you want to visit Alaska, you had better go in summer. Do not forget to bring a warm sweater wi th you.In Texas and the southeast, it is usually very hot and sunny compared to other places.There are storms from time to time in summer and autumn.So when is the best time to visit the US Any time you like!Module 11 Way of lifeUnit 1 In China, we open a gift laterBetty: Happy birthday, Lingling.Daming: Here’s your gift.Lingling: Oh, you remembered! What a surprise!Tony: You can open it!Lingling: I don’t think I should open it now. In China, we open a gift later.Betty: But back in the US, we open a gift immediatel y.Lingling: So what do I doBetty: You needn’t wait!(Lingling opens her present and finds a dictionary.) Lingling: Oh, thank you. I really wanted one.Betty: We’re happy you like it.Tony: I noticed another difference. In China, you accepta gift with both hands. But in the West, we usually don ’t pay much attention to that.Betty: That’s interesting! I’m interested to know all the Chinese traditions. Tell me more.Lingling: There are a lot. For example, in my home tow n, people say you mustn’t do any cleaning on the first d ay of the Spring Festival. And you mustn’t break anything.It’s bad luck!Daming: You must only use red paper for hongbao because red means luck. And you’d better not cut your hair duri ng the Spring Festival month.Daming: And in the north of China, people eat lots of jiaozi! Betty: Perfect! They taste great.Tony: I like eating jiaozi too. Anyway, the Spring Fe stival is still over a month away. Let’s celebrate Lingling’s birthday first!Unit 2 In England you usually drink tea with milk.My experiences in England. I went to England last y ear. I enjoyed my stay, and I noticed something interesti ng with the English way of example, you must say Mr or Mrs when you meet someone for the first time. When you get to know each other better or when they ask you to, you can just use their first names.One day we visited some friends and had afternoon tea together. Afternoon tea is not just a drink but a light m eal at around 4 pm. We ate sandwiches and a large fruit cake.In England you usually drink tea with I tried to dri nk tea with milk too.Fish and chips is the traditional food in England. You can buy it and eat it in special fish and chip shops on th e high street, or you can take it away and eat it withyour fingers. It is delicious!At the bus stop you must not push your way onto the bus. You need to stand in a line behind the other peop le and wait your turn. Sometimes people are slow to get on the bus.Once I noticed a gentleman touch a young man on the s houlder, smile politely and say, “Excuse me! Are you waiti ng for this bus”He was really polite.Module 12 HelpUnit1 What should we do before help arrivesMs James: This mornings class is about first aid, or giving someone basic medical help. Let’s imagine an accident. A boy is lying at the bottom of t he stairs. He isn’t moving or making a sound. He is in pain. What can we do to help him Betty: First of all, find out what’s wrong with him.Ms James: How do we do thatBetty: Ask him.Ms James: Ok. But he could have trouble hearing you or speaking to you.Lingling: Shout for help Call 120Ms James: Good idea, but what should we do before he lp arrives Tony: Make him comfortable.Ms James: And how can we do thatTony: Lift him up and sit him on a chair Ms James: No, that could be harmful! You could drop hi m and hurt him even more. Betty, you must know! You did some basic medical training.Betty: Make sure he’s warm. Cover him with a coat.Ms James: That’s such good advice that you could be a doctor, Betty!Unit 2 Stay away from windows and heavy furniture.What to do in an earthquakeEarthquakes always happen suddenly, so it is difficult t o warn people about them.Usually people have little or no idea about what to do du ring an earthquake, so here is some advice. Inside Do not jump out of high buildings. Hide under a table. Stay awa y from windows and heavy furniture. Keep clear of fires. L eave the building quickly when the ground stops shaking, bu t do not use the calm, especially when you are with oth er people. Be brave and be helpful.Outside Move away from buildings, because parts of a building may fall on you. Do not stand near street light s or under power lines. Stay away from bridges and trees . If you are in a bus or car, stay in the mountains, be careful of falling a beach, run away from the sea an d move quickly to higher ground.In short, follow what you learnt in school. You can be safe and you can also help save others。

外研版八年级上册英语课文电子版(全册)(2020年整理).pptx

外研版八年级上册英语课文电子版(全册)(2020年整理).pptx
Module 2 My home town and my country
Unit 1 It’s taller than many other buildings.
学海无涯
Modቤተ መጻሕፍቲ ባይዱle 1 How to learn English
Unit 1 Let’s try to speak English as much as possible.
Ms James: Welcome back, everyone! Today, we’re going to talk about good ways to learn English. Ready? Who has some advice? Lingling: We should always speak English in class. Ms James: Good! Let’s try to speak English as much as possible. Daming: Why not write down the mistakes in our notebooks? Ms James: That’s a good idea. And don’t forget to write down the correct answers next to the mistak es. What else? Lingling: It’s a good idea to spell and pronounce new words aloud every day. Ms James: Thanks a lot, Lingling. How about listening to the radio? Lingling: Yes, that’s good for our pronunciation too. But there are so many new word. Ms James: Y ou don’t need to understand every word. You just need to listen for key words and main ideas. Daming: That’s the same for reading. English stories are so interesting. I get to know a lot about the world through reading. Lingling: I think writing is also important. Why don’t we try to find some English pen friends? We can write to them. Ms James: Excellent! I agree with you.

新外研版英语八年级上下全册+九年级上下全册课文电子稿word版

新外研版英语八年级上下全册+九年级上下全册课文电子稿word版

新外研版英语八年级上下全册课文电子稿word版八上M1 P4Questions and answersMany students ask for advice about improving their English. There are three basic questions.The first question is about real English. Li Hao from Hubei wrote,” I enjoy watching English films and listening to real English songs. But it takes a long time. What do you think?”This is a great way to learn English! Talk about the film or song with your friends, and guess the meaning of the new words. Just enjoy yourself!The second question is about speakin g. Sam, from Suzhou wrote,” Our school has a foreign teacher. But I ‘m shy and can’t speak to her. What should I do?”When I visit China, lots of people in the street say,” Hello! How are you? Where are you from? Do you like China?” these are questions to start a conversation. Many people are shy when they speak English, so before you begin, take a deep breath and smile! Smiling always helps.The third question is about vocabulary. Oliver, from Anhui Province wrote,” I write them down, but I forget them qui ckly. What should I do?”Try to remember eight or ten words a day. Write them on pieces of paper and place them in your bedroom. Say the words when you see them, and change them every day. And when you’re shopping, how about counting the English words, or saying the English names for everything you see?八上M2 P12Have you ever had…….a fantastic experience?Wei Ming has been all over China by plane. Her father is an Air China captain, so they fly to different places for their holidays. “My favorite place is Mount Tai. But I also like the beaches in Sanya.” Is there anywhere she hasn’t visited? “I’ve never been to Shanghai!”1Han Li has been to San Francisco in the USA. His grandparents live there and he visit them every Spring Festival.” I like San Francisco very much because there’s a lot to see and do there. I ‘m at home in Chinatown!” says Han Li.Yi Wen has tried western food in a hotel in Nanjing. “Have you ever had Italian food? It’s delicious! Pizza has always been my favorite food. But I don’t like san dwiches or ice cream—they’re too cold!”Wang Ming has been to a Liu Huan concert in Beijing with more than 2,000 people.” He’s given concerts all over China and the tickets have always sold out. He’s written many songs! He’s the greatest Chinese musician… ever!” says Wang Ming.He Meifeng went to a Beijing cinema to see The House of the Flying Daggers because she’s always liked Zhang Ziyi. At the end she got up, and ZhangZiyi was in the seat beside her,” I’ve always wanted to meet her. It was my “dream come true”!八上M3 P20Scientists think that there has been life on earth for millions of years.However, we haven’t found life on other planets yet. Why not?The Earth is a planet and it goes around the sun. Eight other planets also go around the sun. None of them has an environment with air, so people and things cannot grow. The sun and its planets are called the solar system. The solar system is a small part of our galaxy.The stars we see at night are the suns in other solar systems. There are more than 200 billion stars in our galaxy, called the Milky Way, and our sun is only one of them.But scientists have discovered many other galaxies in the universe. They are a long way away and their light has travelled for many years to reach us. It is hard to understand how large the universe is.Scientists have sent lots of spacecraft to look at other planets in our solar system, and some spacecraft have gone beyond the solar system. However, no one has discovered any life in space yet.But why has no one from other planets sent us a message? Have they tried to send information to us? With so many stars in the universe, are we alone, or is there life out there in space? We don’t know … yet.八上M4 P282Hope for the futureLiu Sanzi is an eight-year-old boy from a village in Hunan Province. His parents want him to drop out of school. It’s important for him to work on their farm because there are seven people in Liu’s family and they are very poo r.Li Yingming is 14 and from Zhangxian in Gansu province. He stopped going to school a few years ago. His parents have been ill and he has to look after them.Many children like Liu Sanzi and Li Yinming can’t get an education because their families are poor. Now they can go to school with the help of Project Hope. In the last 15 years, this project has raised money and paid for the education of 2.5 million poor students in the countryside. People in China and abroad have given 2.2 billion yuan. With this money, Project Hope has built many schools and libraries. It has also trained teachers and it has sent students to high schools.Last year Shen, a boy from Shanxi Province, went to a school with no electricity and only a few books. But this year he’s at a new school with big classrooms and lots of books. Project Hope paid for it.Most people in China have heard of Project Hope and have given money. But 40 million children from poor families still need help. Because of Project Hope, thousands of children have better lives. Perhaps we should all ask: What can we do for Project Hope? How can we help?八上M5 P36Vienna is a beautiful old city on the river Danube. It’s the capital city of Austria and the centre of European classical music. From 1750 a lot of composers and musicians came to study and work in Vienna. The most famous family of musicians was the Strauss family.There were two composers called Johann Strauss: a father and a son. The father, Johann Strauss the elder, wrote and played music for a classical dance-----a waltz. His waltz made him all over the Europe.The son, Johann Strauss the younger, was even more successful and popular than his father. He wrote more than 400 waltzes and his most famous one was The Blue Danube. He wrote it in 1867. Strauss and Mozart were two of the most important composers.Mozart was born in Austria in 1756. Before he was six he played not only the piano, but also the violin and the organ. His family took him around Europe and he gave concerts in many cities. He wrote his first opera at the age of 12 and hundreds of beautiful pieces of music for the classical orchestra. But he died in 1791 when he was only 35. Some people say he was the greatest European composer.3八上M6 P44Alice was getting very tired. She was sitting with her sister by the river and her sister was reading a book. Alice had nothing to do. Once or twice she looked into her sister’s book, it had no pictures and conversations in it. “And what is a book for,” thought Alice, “without pictures and conversations?”So she was thinking of making a daisy chain when suddenly a white rabbit with pink eyes ran by her.There was nothing strange about that. And she didn’t think it was strange when she heard the ra bbit say, “oh dear! Oh dear! I’ll be late!” but when the rabbit took a watch out of its pocket and looked at it, Alice got up. A rabbit with a pocket and a watch? She ran across the field after it. She saw it go down a large rabbit hole under the hedge.Then Alice went down after it and never thought about how she was going to get out again.八上M7 P58Hi Lingling,Thanks for your last message, it was great to hear from you. You sound great fun, and I can't wait to meet you.I hope you will recognise me from my photo when I arrive at the airport. I'm quite tall, with short fair hair, and I wear glasses. I'll wear jeans and a T-shirt for the journey, but I'll also carry my warm coat. I've got your photo—you look so pretty, so I'm sure we'll find each other!Thanks for telling me about what you like doing. You sound just like me! I spend a lot of time with the school orchestra, but I also like dance music—I love dancing! I enjoy sports as well, especially tennis. My brother is captain of the school tennis team—I'm very proud of him! And I work hard at school—I feel stupid when I get bad marks and I get angry with myself—I should work harder.4You asked me how I feel about coming to China. Well, at first I often feel a bit sad when I leave my mum and dad for a few days, and I'm quite shy when I'm with strangers. I feel nervous when I speak Chinese, but I'll be fine after a few days. I'm always sorry when I do something wrong, so please help me do the right things when I'm with you in China! Oh, and I'm afraid of flying. But I'm very excited about coming to China!See you next week!Love Sally八上M8 P66Tour of LondonWelcome to this short tour of London. In this square we are standing in the middle of London. Opposite is the National Gallery, a museum with lots of famous paintings. Go along the red street to Buckingham Palace. The Queen lives here.Turn left and go to the Houses of Parliament and Big Ben. Opposite you can see the London Eye. It takes you 135 metres above the River Thames. You can see most of London on a clear day.When you are tired, the best way to see London is by boat. You can get the boat near Big Ben. As you go along the river, the London Eye is on your right.Get off the boat at Tower Bridge. There you can see the Tower of London next to the bridge. The Tower of London is the city's oldest palace. It is 900 years old.5Take the boat back along the river. Get off the boat and go past the station and walk along the street. Opposite is the old fruit and vegetable market. They don't sell fruit and vegetables now. There are stores and restaurants, and lots of street musicians. Turn left into King's Street, and go past the church. You're now back where you started, at the square. Now you finish your tour.八上M9 P74The panda is one of the animals most in danger. There are about 1,000 pandas living in nature reserves today. Zoos and research centres look after about 160 pandas. Scientists are studying how they live and more baby pandas are born in the zoos.Pandas live in the forests and mountains of Southwest China. They mainly live on bamboo, and each panda needs to eat a lot of bamboo every day. The area of bamboo is becoming smaller for many different reasons, so pandas have less and less land to live on. Pandas don't have many babies, and baby pandas often die. The situation is becoming very serious.Our government is working hard to save pandas. There are more than 30 nature reserves to protect pandas but these are not enough. The government has made a new plan to help pandas. The nature reserves will be bigger and the bamboo will grow better. Then the pandas will have enough food to eat and enough places to live in. Pandas born in the zoos may go back to live in the nature reserves.Most people love pandas. The panda is one of the best-known animals in the world. It is the symbol for the World Wide Fund for Nature. The WWF works to protect all animals in6danger, so the panda has become the symbol of all animals in danger. There is still a long way to go to save the panda. Think of other animals in danger such as tigers, whales, turtles and elephants—we need to save the panda, and we need to save them, too.八上M10 P82Lao She wrote Teahouse in 1957. The play shows the audience life in China between 1898 and 1945. It takes place in a teahouse in old Beijing and it tells us the story of Wang Lifa and his customers. It asks us to see the teahouse as the centre of the neighbourhood. Finally, it says goodbye to old Beijing and its people.The story starts in 1898 during the Qing Dynasty. It continues in 1916, and finally, it brings the audience to the end of the Anti-Japanese War in 1945. After the war, Wang loses the teahouse and he dies.Lao She was born in Beijing in 1899. His parents sent him to the Teacher's School in Beijing and he learned to teach. From 1924 to 1929 he taught Chinese to the English in London. He wrote many plays, novels and short stories. He was named a " People's Artist " and a "Great Master of Language ". He was one of the greatest Chinese writers of the 20th century.In Lao She's Teahouse today, waiters bring tea to the customers and sell them delicious Chinese food. If you like Beijing Opera, folk music, acrobatics or magic shows, you can enjoy them in the teahouse. Lao She's Teahouse gives a wonderful welcome to everyone from China and from all over the world.7八上M11 P90When's the Best Time to Visit the USA?The USA is a very big country to visit, so choose carefully the places to see and the time to go. Bring a good map because you may want to travel around.New York and Washington D.C. are good places to visit in May or October. It's not too hot then. In winter there's a lot of snow.The best plan is to arrive in New England in September. The weather starts to get cooler and the trees start to change colour. It's a good idea to bring your camera because you may want to take photos of the autumn leaves.4,000 kilometres away in Los Angeles, California, the weather is fine all year. It's nice to see the sun in December! Bring your swimsuit because you might want to swim in the sea.In the northwest, it isn't very cold, but there's a lot of rain, so bring an umbrella. It's pleasant to visit Alaska in July and August but it might be cool in the evening. So remember to wear some warm clothes. But don't come in winter. It'll be dark all day and freezing cold.In Texas and the southeast, there are storms from time to time in summer and fall. It's usually very hot and sunny compared to many other places.So when's the best time to visit the USA? Any time you like!八上M12 P988Advice for Visitors: Traditional Life in EnglandWhen I went to England, I enjoyed my stay. But I noticed so many different traditions.For example, you usually shake hands with people when you meet them for the first time. But after that, you can just say hello. You must say Mr and Mrs when you speak to older people, but you can use first names with your friends.One day we visited some friends and had tea. Tea is not just a drink but a light meal at around 4 p.m. You can't have tea—the meal—after 4:30. We ate sandwiches and a large fruit cake. You can only drink tea at a tea party, not coffee or juice. And you must drink tea with milk. You must pour the tea, then the milk—you can't put the milk in first, then the tea.In buses or trains, the other passengers are very quiet, and you mustn't talk too loudly. It's very different from China! In some trains you can't even use your mobile phones! And you don't often hear people shouting in the street.I was very lucky—I even went to a wedding. It was very different from a Chinese wedding. For example, the man and the woman can't see each other the night before the wedding. Then the woman mustn't arrive at the church on time but a few minutes late. And at the party after the wedding, the woman throws her flowers over her shoulder. The girl who catches them will be next to get married! It was all very strange but it was great fun!新外研版英语八年级下册课文电子稿word版八下M1 P4A Special HobbyMany students have hobbies, such as reading, painting, growing vegetables in their gardens, and looking after animals. Some hobbies are relaxing and others are creative.9Hobbies can make you grow as a person, develop your interests and help you learn new skills.David Smith is a student, and his hobby is writing. During the summer of 2000, he spent four weeks on a summer camp. As well as the usual activities, such as sailing, climbing and mountain biking, there was a writing workshop with a professional writer. "She asked us to imagine that we were in a story. Then we wrote about our experiences at the camp."In senior high school David wrote a story about teenage life, and it came out as a book in 2003. Many teenagers love his book, and as a result, David has become a successful young writer.David has been very lucky because his hobby has brought him enjoyment and success, but he is also interested in many other things. "I like playing volleyball, too," says David. "I spend some of my free time playing volleyball for my school team. Maybe I'll write more books in the future, but I'm not sure."It's sometimes difficult to remember that we shouldn't spend all our time on our favourite hobby. There are many other interesting things to do in life, and we should try to do something new or different.八下M2 P12A Beautiful Smile—Zhang BeiWhen I was 13 years old, a boy gave me an important gift. It was a smile.It was the early autumn of my first year at a junior high school, and my old school was far away. As a result, no one knew who I was. I was very lonely, and afraid to make friends with anyone.Every time I heard the other students talking and laughing, I felt my heart break. I couldn't talk to anyone about my problem, and I didn't want my parents to worry about me.Then one day, my classmates talked happily with their friends, but I sat at my desk unhappily as usual. At that moment, a boy entered the classroom. I didn't know who he was. He passed me and then turned back. He looked at me and, without a word, smiled.Suddenly, I felt the touch of something bright and friendly. It made me feel happy, lively and warm.That smile changed my life. I started to talk with the other students and made friends. Day by day, I became closer to everyone in my class. The boy with the lucky smile has become my best friend now.One day, I asked him why he smiled, but he couldn't remember smiling at me!10It doesn't matter because all the dark days have gone. Now I believe that the world is what you think it is. If you think you are lonely, you might always be alone. So smile at the world and it will smile back.八下M3 P20Radio Times"How old are you?" the radio studio manager at WXBN looked down at me."Fifteen," I said."And you want a job in radio? Shouldn't you be at school?" he asked.How could I explain? I've always loved the radio. When I was about four or five years old, I remember sitting close to the radio in the living room, listening to my favourite programmes, and to the voices of my favourite presenters. It seemed that they were speaking to me in person. At the age of nine, I asked for jobs in small radio stations.As I grew older, my interest in radio grew. One day I learnt about Internet radio. Once a week, I played my favourite music from my father's computer to the listeners, talked about life at school, and then closed down and did my homework.Soon my friends at junior high school started to listen, and then they wanted to help. We prepared the weekly programmes, articles about music, sports news, jokes and the weather report (I did this by looking out of the window)."OK, come with me," the WXBN manager said. I sat down in the studio, in front of a microphone. He was in another room, behind the glass wall."OK, let's do a sound check. Just tell me what you had for breakfast."All radio presenters begin work with the same question."I had eggs, fruit and some milk.""OK, that's great!" the man behind the glass said.And this was how my first real job in radio began.八下M4 P28Smile, Please!If a snake bites you, take a photo with your mobile phone! It may save your life. This is the surprising advice of a British cook.11One day Henry Jackson was working in a restaurant kitchen. He picked up a dish from the table, and suddenly a snake appeared ... and bit him on the hand.A few days earlier, the snake came to the restaurant from Asia in a box of bananas. It climbed out of the box and hid under the dish."I went to try to pick it up and it bit me again. I threw it across the kitchen, and it landed in the fridge. So I closed the door," Mr Jackson said.Anyway, Mr Jackson stayed cool and he took a photo of the snake with his mobile phone. Soon his hand began to ache and he went to hospital. Then his chest began to hurt. Doctors couldn't say what was wrong because they didn't know what kind of snake it was.Then Mr Jackson remembered his mobile phone photo. The doctors sent it to London Zoo. When they knew the kind of snake, they could give Mr Jackson the right medicine, and he left hospital the next day."So my advice is this: If a snake bites you, pick up your phone. Take its photo first and then show the photo to the doctors," suggests Mr Jackson. "Oh, and if the snake doesn't smile for its photo, don't worry!"八下M5 P36Dear Diana,Do you have a problem? Write to Diana at New Standard Magazine, and ask for her advice.Last week, my friend Da Wei brought a new computer game and asked to play it on my father's computer. But my father has warned me not to use his computer for playing games because he uses it for his job. I can only use it for my homework. He thinks that if I play games on it, it'll go wrong.Well, my dad was out, so we decided to try Da Wei's game. We copied it onto the computer and when we finished, we took it off the computer. We made quite sure my father didn't notice anything.But when my dad used the computer last night, he was really angry. The computer wasn't working because it had a virus!But I didn't tell him about the computer game.Now I feel terrible. It's going to be expensive to mend it. Should I tell him about the computer game? Should I offer to pay?Yours,Steve12Dear Steve,Oh dear! You've made two mistakes. First, you used your dad's computer when he told you not to. Second, you didn't tell him about the game. Yes, you must tell him immediately. If you tell him the truth, he'll be angry with you, but at least you'll prove how honest you are. Then I think you should offer to pay. But you shouldn't use your pocket money—after all, your parents gave you that money. If you offer to do some jobs around the home, or maybe help him with his work, he'll realise that you're truly sorry.Oh, and next time, play football with Da Wei!Best wishes,Diana八下M6 P50Good morning. I'm Chen Huan. Here's my culture report for today, Monday:A new film starts tonight at the student cinema at eight o'clock. The film is Pirates of the Caribbean. It's a fantastic adventure film. Johnny Depp and Orlando Bloom are the stars. They are both very popular and famous, and they both act well in this film, and make their characters believable.The story is about an old ship. It sails around the Caribbean islands. Depp and Bloom try to find some lost gold. Then they come face to face with some terrible men, and have to fight them. There's lots of action, and the fighting looks really dangerous. They also save Keira Knightley. She plays Elisabeth, the daughter of a rich man. The scenes with Knightley and Bloom are beautiful and romantic.The film isn't true to life, but it's very exciting, and some of it is very funny. It's an enjoyable film, although in my opinion there's too much fighting. But except for that, it's an excellent film. If you didn't see it when it first came out, I advise you to go and see it now.I'm sure you'll enjoy it. It's showing all week.八下M7 P58Dear Mum and Dad,We're spending some time off with Lingling's uncle in Hunan Province, and I'm having a wonderful time here in Wulingyuan Scenic and Historic Interest Area. It's very large, about 390 square kilometres, and it's a magic land of mountains, forests and rivers. It's famous for the strange shape of its tall rocks. Some people think they look like soldiers, and others13think they look like animals. Before Wu Guanzhong, a famous Chinese painter, painted some beautiful pictures of it in 1979, few people knew about the area.Last night we camped by a small lake. During the night, I heard a loud noise, as if someone was laughing. I woke up Lingling and her uncle, and I asked them what the noise was. Lingling's uncle told us not to worry, and left the tent to find out what it was. After a few minutes, he told us to come out quietly. Then he pointed into the forest. It was a monkey. When it saw us, it jumped up into the trees and went back into the forest.This morning we took a cable car up Mount Tianzi—it was quite safe! From the top we hoped for a wonderful view of the lakes and forests, but we could only see the mountain tops through the clouds. Then we walked down the path, past trees, waterfalls and plants back to our tent. I pulled a leaf off a plant, but Lingling's uncle told me to wash my hands, and not to touch it, because it was dangerous. He also said that it was wrong to pull leaves and we should protect everything here. I felt sorry.Tomorrow we're going to the second largest fresh water lake in China, Dongting Lake.We'll go back to school next week! Wish you were here!Love,Sally八下M8 P66People all over the world celebrate the new year. However, not all countries celebrate in the same way, and in some countries, the new year doesn't begin on the same date every year. It can depend on the seasons, the moon or the sun.In many countries, the new year begins on January 1st, but people start celebrating on December 31st, New Year's Eve. In New York many people go to celebrate in Times Square. While they're waiting for the New Year, they listen to music, sing traditional songs and have fun. Just before 12 o'clock, everyone counts down from 10: 10, 9, 8 ... As soon as it's 12o'clock, everyone shouts very loudly, "Happy New Year!" and they say, "Out with the old year and in with the new!" Suddenly there are fireworks and special drinks. Sometimes people sing an old song called Auld Lang Syne.New Year's Day is often a family day. Some people relax at home. Some families get together for a special meal with grandparents, aunts, uncles and cousins. When the weather is fine, many families go out for a walk.On New Year's Day, many people make resolutions for the new year. They write down a list of things, such as "I will help out more at home. I will work harder at school." or "Iwon't spend so much time playing video games." When they have made their list, they read it to their family or friends and promise to follow their resolutions.14So it doesn't matter how they celebrate, for people in countries all over the world, it's a time to say goodbye to the old year, and to welcome the new.八下M9 P74My Hero—Dr Norman BethuneNorman Bethune is one of China's most famous heroes, but he wasn't Chinese—he was Canadian. He gave his life to helping the Chinese people.Norman Bethune was born in 1890. He became a doctor in 1916, and he went to the front to look after injured soldiers in the First World War. He saw many soldiers die in the war. Later he invented new treatments to help soldiers, and medical tools to use outside hospitals. In 1938 he came to China to treat the Chinese soldiers in the mountains north of Yan'an. There were few doctors, so he had to work very hard. He opened hospitals to give treatment to local people and soldiers, and to train doctors and nurses. He also wrote books so that doctors could learn about new treatments.Dr Bethune worked very hard without stopping to rest. Once, he performed operations for 69 hours without stopping, and saved 112 people. He continued working in spite of cutting his hand during an operation. In the end, he died because he did not stop to take care of his hand.Dr Bethune's work with the Chinese soldiers made him a hero in China. There are books and films about him, and he is still remembered in both Canada and China.八下M10 P82A Perfect Holiday?Imagine this: your parents go away on business, but you have to stay at home alone. Would life be as easy as when your parents are around? Would it be a perfect holiday for you?Zheng Chenyu says that she would worry "Where would I find food? How would I cook it?" The 14-year-old girl says that she knows little about cooking."I can fill an empty stomach with tomato and egg soup, but that's all. I think many of my classmates are the same. We wouldn't know what to do, or how to look after ourselves," said Zheng. "And I'd forget something important. I'd probably watch television and then burn the soup."Although Zheng believes that basic life skills, such as cooking and washing clothes, are especially important, she doesn't think teenagers get enough practice.15。

外研版八年级(上册)英语课文[全册]

外研版八年级(上册)英语课文[全册]

WORD 格式整理版Module 1 How to learn EnglishUnit 1 Let ’s try to speak English as much as possible.Ms James: Welcome back, everyone! Today,we’re going to talk about good ways to learn English. Ready? Who has some advice?Lingling: We should always speak English in class.Ms James: Good! Let ’s try to speak English as much as possible.Daming: Why not write down the mistakes in our notebooks?Ms James: That ’s a good idea. Anddon’t forget to write down the correct answers next to the mistakes. What else?Lingling:It ’s a good idea to spell and pronounce new words aloud every day.Ms James: Thanks a lot, Lingling. How about listening to the radio?Lingling: Yes,that ’s good for our pronunciation too. But there are so many new word. Ms James: You don’t need to understand every word. You just need to list en for key words and main ideas.Daming: That ’s the same for reading. English stories are so interesting. I getto know a lot about the world through reading.Lingling: I think writing is also important. Whydon’t we try to find some English pen friends? We can write to them. Ms James: Excellent! I agree with you.Unit 2You should smile at her!Send your questions to Diana, the Language Doctor.Many students ask for advice about how to improve their English. Here are th ree basic questions.The first question is about understanding English films and songs. Li Hao from Hubei wrote,“I like watching English films and listening to English songs,but I can only understand a little. What can Ido?”Watching films and listening to songs are great way to learn English! Watchand listen several times, and guess the meaning of the new words. Each time you will learn something new. I also advise you to talk about the films or songs with your friends.The second question is about speaking. Wang Fan from Jilin wrote,“Our school has a teacher from the US. I am shy and I am afraid to speak to her. What should I do?”You can say,“Hello!How are you?” “Do you likeChina?” These are good ways to start a conversation. And before you begin, you should smile at her! Remember this: Do not be shy. Just try.The third question is about vocabulary. Zhang Lei from Anhui wrote,“I write down new words, but I forget them quickly. How can I rememberthem?”Do not worry. It is natural to forget new words! I suggest you write four or five words a day on pieces of paper and place them in your room. Read the words whe n you see them, and try to use them.Module 2My home town and my countryUnit 1It ’s taller than many other buildings.Tony: Hey, Daming! How was your weekend?Daming: Pretty good! I went to Shenzhen.Tony: Where’s Shenzhen?Daming: Well, it ’s on the coast near Hong Kong. It was a small village about thirty years ago, but todayit ’s a very big city.Tony: So it ’s a newer city than Hong Kong?Daming: Yes, it ’s a newer city. In fact, it only became important in the 1980s.It ’s getting bigger and busier. Some day it will become as busy as Hong Kong, I’m sure.Tony: What’s the population of Shenzhen?Daming: It ’s over ten million, I think.That ’s larger than the population of many other cities in China. Its streets are much wider and cleaner too. I think it ’s a beautiful city.Tony: I ’d like to go to there one day.Daming: Remember to visit the Diwang Tower.It ’s taller than many other buildings in Shenzhen.Unit 2 Cambridge is a beautiful city in the east of England.Cambridge, London and EnglandBy Tony SmithI come from Cambridge, a beautiful city in the east of England. It is on theRiver Cam and has a population of about 120,000. My home is especially famous for its university. Many famous people studied here, such as Isaac Newton and Char les Darwin. There are lots of old buildings and churches to visit. Students and tourists enjoy trips along the river by boat.Cambridge is 80 kilometres from London. London is in the south of England and it is on the River Thames. It has a population of about seven and a half million, so it is bigger and busier than Cambridge. It is about 2,000 years old, and it is famous for Big Ben, Buckingham Palace and Tower Bridge.England itself is a part of an island, and you are always near the sea. The s mall villages and beaches on the coast are popular for holidays. Tourists like the areas of low and beautiful lakes in the north, and the hills and pretty villages in the south. Everywhere in England you will notice how green the countrysid e is.It is never very hot in summer or very cold in winter. So come and see England any time of the year, but bring an umbrella with you. You will need it most days.Module 3SportsUnit 1 Nothing is more exciting than playing tennis.Daming: Hey, Tony. Come and watch the football match on TV.Tony: OK. What’s the score?Daming: Spain scored a minute ago.Tony: Wow! That ’s fast!Daming: That ’s right. Last week the match on TV was so boring because no one sc ored at all. So thisweek’s match is already more exciting.Betty: What’s the matter with you, Tony? You look tired.Tony: I ’m really tired after lastnight ’s tennis match. And I hurt my knee. Daming: That ’s too bad! Sit down and watch the match.It ’s safer than playing tennis.Betty: Yes, watching is not sure about that. Nothing is more relaxing too!Tony: Well, I ’m not sure about that. Nothing is more enjoyable than playing ten nis.Betty: But you enjoyed watching the Olympics on TV, right?Tony: Yes, butthat ’s because it was cheaper than buying tickets for all the ga mes.Daming: And staying at home was easier than going to the stadium. Oh, look at th at!Tony: Oh, he missed! Oh, bad luck!Daming: Never mind. There’s still plenty of time for them to score.Unit2 This year we practice more carefully.Training hardBy Li DamingIt is Saturday tomorrow, but I am going to school. I am not goingfor lessons, but to play football. I am in our school team and we are going to play against another school next week. The practice starts at 10 am. We all arrive as early as we can so that we have time to warm up. We are training harder than usual because the other teambeat us last year. This year we want to do better.It is more difficult to practise in winter because the days ares hort and the weather is cold too. It gets dark earlier, so it is important not to be late for after-school practice.Our coach is pleased because we are playing better as a team now.Last year we were sometimes careless when we passed the ball andwe lost to the other team in the final match. What a pity! This year we practise more carefully. That means we have a better chance of winning.The fan club has fewer people this year. We hope to play well sothat we have more fans to watch the matches. It is good to have ourfans around. They cheer us on loudly and we feel more confident to win the game.Module 4 Planes, ships, and trainsUnit1He lives the farthest from schoolBetty: I was late for school today.Mum: Why? What happened?Betty: I took the bus. There was a road accident, and the traffic was very heavy. But nobody was late, except me. Maybe I should go to school by taxi.Mum: It ’s the most comfortable way, butit ’s also the most expensive.Betty: Then what about going by bike?Mum: That ’s a good choice, butit ’s a bit dangerous.There’s so much traffic.Betty: But most of my classmates ride bikes, andit ’s quite safe. Don’t worry. I ’ll be carefull.Mum: How does Tony go to school?Betty: He lives the farthest from school, so he takes the underground.Mum: And what about Lingling?Betty: Her home is the closest to school, so she walks.Mum: How about Daming?Betty: He goes by bus too, the same as me. Butit ’s so crowded! And the traffic is heavy.Mum: All right. You can ride your bike to school, but remember to becareful all the time.Unit2 What is the best way to travel?Question: What is the best way to travel from London to Amsterdam.I am planning to travel from London to Amsterdam. How long does the journey take and what is the best way to travel? Could you pleasetell me about the trains or ships to get there? The more information, the better. Thanks!Best answer: There are four ways to travel.A journey by train is more relaxing than by coach, but a lot more expensive. When you go by train, buy your ticket a long time before you travel. It is usually cheaper.You can go by car and by ship across the North Sea. This is the most comfortable way to travelbut also the most expensive. Book your ticket before you book yourhotel. Remember that parking in Amsterdam is very expensive, sostay outside the city centre and travel in by bus or by train.The third choice is by coach. This is usually the cheapest, butin summer the coaches sometimes get crowded! And it takes you abouttwelve hours to get there. However, it will not cost as much as goin学习参考好帮手Finally, you can fly. It is the fastest and the second cheapest,but you may have to wait for hours at the airport because of bad w eather.Well, I hope this helps! Have a great trip.Module 5Lao She TeahouseUnit 1 I wanted to see the Beijing Opera.Listen and readBetty: Lingling and I went to Lao She Teahouse last night.Tony: How was it?Betty: It was great! You know, I wanted to see Beijing Opera, so Li ngling offered to take me there. We drank tea and watched an opera. Tony: Did you understand the opera?Betty: No, it was difficult to understand the words. But the actorsand actress were excellent.Tony: How long did you stay?Betty: We only planned to watch for an hour, but in the end, we sta yed for three hours.Tony: Did you enjoyed it?Betty: Well, it was interesting---that ’s the main thing. I hope to understand more next time.Tony: Do you often go to see Beijing Opera, Lingling?Lingling: No, Idon’t.I wanted to take Betty to the teahouse because it ’s famous.Tony: Who is Lao She? Betty: No idea. Ask Lingling.Lingling: Lao She is a great writer.He’s especially famous for hisplay Teahouse.Unit 2It describes the changes in Chinese society.2 Read the passage and match the heading with the paragraphs.a)Lao She Teahouseb)The Story ofTeahouse c)Lao She1Teahouse is one of Lao She’s most famous plays. He wrote it in 1957. The play has three acts and shows the lives of common people in China from the end of the nineteenth century to the middle of twentieth century. It tells us the story of Wang Lifa and the customers ofhis teahouse in Beijing. It describes the changes in Chinese soci etyover fifty years around the beginning of the twentieth century.2Lao She was born in Beijing in 1899. His mother sent him to a teacher ’s school in 1913. After finishing school in 1918, he became ahead teacher of a primary school. In 1924 Lao She left home and went to England. He taught Chinese at a college in London and returnedto China five years later. He wrote many plays, novels and short stories aboutpeople ’s lives, and was named“the People’s Artist”. Lao She is one of the greatest Chinese writers of the twentieth century.3At Lao She Teahouse today, customers can drink tea and eat delicious Beijing food. If you like the Beijing Opera, traditional musicor magic shows, you can enjoy them at the teahouse. Lao SheTeahouse gives a warm welcome to everyone from all over the world.Module 6Animals in dangerUnit 1 It allows people to get closer to them.Listen and read(Lingling and Betty are leaving the zoo)Lingling: Did you like the zoo?Betty: Yes! I saw the pandas at last! But I am more interested to see the pandas in the Wolong Panda Reserve, because it allows peopleto get closer to them.Lingling:It ’s sad to think of the pandas and other animals in danger.Betty: We need to protect them better.Lingling: Yes, Many wild animalsdon’t have a safe place to live, because villages and farms are growing bigger and are taking awaythe ir land and forests.Betty: Also, often thereisn ’t enough clean water, becausewe’vemade it dirty. I think we all need to help animals live in peace. Look, there ’s a notice.Lingling: Itsays, “Help! We want to save animals in danger, and weneed your help. ”Betty: But what can we do?Lingling: Itsays, “Your money pays to look after theanimals. ”Thatmeans we can give money to help protect the animals.Betty: Maybe we can raise some money at school.Let ’s find out what else we can do to save as many animals as possible.Unit 2The WWF is working hard to save them all.2 Read the passage and match the heading with the paragraphs.a)Nature parks for pandasb)WWF And animals in dangerc)The panda’s homed)An animal in danger1Pandas are in danger. There are only about 1,600 pandas living in the wild today. Zoos and research centres are looking after about340 pandas. Pandas do not have many babies, and baby pandas often di e. The situation is getting very difficult. Scientist are doing a lot of research to help pandas produce more babies and help baby panda s live.2Pandas live in the forests and mountains of Southwest China. Eac h panda needs to eat a lot of bamboo every day. The bamboo forests a学习参考好帮手re getting smaller, so pandas are losing their home. And there aren ot many pandas left.3In order to protect pandas in the wild, the government is setting up nature parks and developing other plans. The nature parks willbe big and there will be more bamboo to feed the pandas. Pandas born in zoos may go back to live in the nature parks.4The World Wild Fund for Nature (WWF) wants to protect all animal s. And it chose the panda to be its symbol. We do not want to lose t igers, elephants, or any other animals, so the WWF is working hard t o save them all.Module7 A famous storyUnit1 Alice was sitting with her sister by the river.Tony: Hi,Lingling!Lingling: Ssh!I ’m reading.Tony: Sorry!What’s the book about?Lingling:It ’s about a girl called Alice. One day, Alice was sitting with her sister bythe river and she saw a white rabbit with a watch. It ran past.Tony: Why was it running? Lingling: Because it was late. Tony: And w here was it going?Lingling: To see the Queen of Hearts. Alice followed it and felldow n a hole in the ground.Tony: Yes! Then she saw the Cheshire Cat. It was sitting in a tree a nd smiling at everyone.Lingling: Then Alice arrived at the MarchHare’s house. He was sitting with the Mad Hatter and a mouse. They were having a tea partyi n the garden.Tony: And then Alice met the Queen of Hearts. She was playing astra nge game!学习参考好帮手Lingling: Do you already know the book?Tony: Yes, It ’s Alice ’s Adventures in Wonderland. Everyone in Brit ain knows the story.Lingling: Then why did you ask me all those questions?Tony: To see if you remember the story! Haha⋯.U2 She was thinking about her cat.Alice was sitting with her sister by the river and her sister was reading a book. Alice had nothing to do. Once or twice she looked into hersister’a book.“And what is a bookfor, ” thought Alice,”without pictures orconversations? ” Suddenly a white rabbit with pink eyes ran by.There was nothing strange about that. She heard the rabbit say,“Oh dear! Oh dear!I ’ll be late!” and she did not think it was s trange. Then the rabbit took a watch out of its pocket and looked atit. A rabbit with a pocket and a watch. Alice got up and ran acrossthe field after it. She saw it go down a large rabbit hole in theg round.Then Alice went down after it, but never thought about how she was going to get out again. She found that she was falling down a ve ry, very deep hole. It was too dark for her to see anything. She was falling for a long time. While she was falling, she was thinking about her cat, Dinah. Suddenly she landed on some dryleaves ⋯Module 8Unit1 while the lights were changing to red ,a car suddenly appeared Betty: Good morning, Ms James! You look pale. Are you all right?Ms James: Im OK, but I saw an accident. A boy was riding his bike a nd listening to music on the road.Daming: That ’s very dangerous!学习参考好帮手Ms James: I was waiting to cross the road. While the lights were cha nging to red, a car suddenly appeared round the corner. Itwasn’t going fast, but itdidn ’t stop.Lingling: Did the boy stop?Ms James: No. And the driver was talking on his mobile phone.Betty: So did the car hit the boy?Ms James: No, I ’m glad to say. The car stopped just in time, but the boy fell off his bike and hurt his knee.Tony: That ’s too bad.Ms James: So when youre on your bike, think about the risk of an a ccident! Pay attention, stop at the red lights and⋯..what else?Betty: Don ’t ride too fastDaming : Don ’t ride side by side with your friends.All: Don’t listen to music!Unite 2One day, when Henry was working in a restaurant, a snake suddenly appeared and bit his hand. A few days earlier, the snake arrived from Asia in a box of bananas. It climbed out and hid somewhere.“ I was trying to pick it up when it bit me again. I threw itacross the kitchen, and it landed on atable. ’’While the snake was lying on the table, Henry quickly picked up his mobile phone and took a photo with it. Then the snake hid behind the fridge When Henry was trying to find the snake,his hand be gan to hurt badly. He hurried to hospital. As the doctors were checking him, the pain got worse .But they could not help him because they did not know what kind of snake bit him.As he was lying there in great pain, Henry suddenly remembered the photo. The doctors sent the photo to a zoo. As soon as they le arnt what kind of snake bit him, they gave Henry the right medicine and he left hospital the next day.“ So if a snake bites you, take out your mobile phone or camera. T ake its photo, and show the photo to the doctors‘’,suggests Henry.“But as you know, the snake won’t smile!”学习参考好帮手WORD 格式整理版Module 9 PopulationUnit1 the population of China is about 1.37 billionBetty: What are you doing?Tony: I ’m preparing some notes for a report called“Our growing po pulation.”Lingling: Well, were in the right place to talk about that! Beijing isa huge city with a big population that causes a lot of problems,such as too much traffic and noise.Betty: Its not only Beijing. Population increase is a big problem inmany countries. Do you know how many babies are born every minute i n the world?Tony: No. Can you tell me?Betty: Over 250! That makes over 131.4 million births a year Lingling: I can’t believe it!Betty: The population of China is about 1.37 billion. Thats almost one fifth of the world’s population, that is, about 7 billion.Tony: Hang on a minute!I ’ll write that down too!Betty: But in the future, Chinas population wont grow so fast, because families are getting smaller.Lingling: How do you know all this?Betty: I wrote my report yesterday!Tony: Great, thanks! Now I can write my report!Unit 2Jo is fifteen and lives in Parkville.When Jo’s grandparents first came to Parkville, it was a quiet village. They had a small house. Close to fields md hills. Parkville was near Arnwick, a city with 200,000 people. People from Parkville moved to Armwick to find jobs. And they needed places to live.However, it was expensive to live in the city centre, so the gover学习参考好帮手nment built flats outside the centre. Soon, Parkville became part of Arnwick.And Arnwick became a city with over a million people.Jo ’s family lives in one of those flats. It is very crowded, andrubbish is also a problem.The small local school in Parkville closed down five years ago, soJo now has to go to a school in Arnwick with 2,000 pupils. It takes an hour to get there by bus. There is a lot of traffic and pollution.It is clear that Arnwick needs more schools, buses and hospitals. It needs fresh air clean water and better public services. It al so needs more police to protect its people. But to do all these things, it needs more money.However, can money help solve all these problems?Do we need mor e big cities like this? In fact, this is just a story. In fact, this is just a story.But it describes what is happening all over the world. Could it be your town some day?Module 10 The weatherUnit 1 It might snowBetty: Hey, boys!Tony: Hi, Betty. Hi, Lingling, Where are you going?Betty: We’re going to the park to skate,There’s thick ice on thelake, Are you coming with US?Tony: Are you joking? It’s really cold today.Daming: And it’s cloudy too so it might snow.Lingling: What’s the temperature?Tony: It ’s between minus eight and minus two degrees! Winter is col der here than i England.Daming: Is it snowy in England in December?Tony: Not usually, although this year it snowed quite a lot, Most De cembers are we and rainy.Daming: What’s the weather like in America in winter, Betty?学习参考好帮手Betty: We have cold winters and hot summers.It ’s snowy in New Yorkin winter.Tony: Sounds great ! I like sunny weather, and I like snow as well.But I don’t like showers or windy weather.Betty: Me neither, Rainy weather is terrible! I wish I were inAustr alia now, It ’s Probably sunny and hot there.Lingling: You can go to Hainan lsland if you like sunny weather.Betty: One day I will.Lingling: Come on, better get going! We can skate in the park and get warm.Unit 2 The weather is fine all year round.The US is a very big country.It is about 3,000 miles from the east coast to the west coast, so choose carefully the places to see and the time to go.Bring a map because you may want to travel around. New York and Washington D.C. are good places to visit in May or October, but in winter there isa lot of snow.The best time to visit New England is in September.The weather gets cooler, and the green leaves start to turn gold,then brown. Bring your camera so you can take photos of the autumn trees.California is on the Pacific coast, and the weather is fine all year round.Take your swimming clothes because you might want togo swimming in the sea, even in December.In Seattle, in the northwest, it is not very cold but it rains a lot, so bring an umbrella.In Alaska the days are long and warm in summer, but may be cool in the evening.In winter, Alaska can be very very cold. If you want to visit Alaska, you had better go in summer.Do not forget to bring a warm sweater with you.In Texas and the southeast, it is usually very hot and sunny compared to other places.There are storms from time to time in summer and autumn. So when is the best time to visit the US? Any time you like!学习参考好帮手WORD 格式整理版Module 11 Way of lifeUnit 1 In China, we open a gift laterBetty: Happy birthday, Lingling.Daming: Here ’s your gift.Lingling: Oh, you remembered! What a surprise!Tony: You can open it!Lingling: I don’t think I should open it now. In China, we open a gift later.Betty: But back in the US, we open a gift immediately.Lingling: So what do I do?Betty: You needn’ t wait!(Lingling opens her present and finds a dictionary.)Lingling: Oh, thank you. I really wanted one.Betty: We ’re happy you like it.Tony: I noticed another difference. In China, you accept a gift withboth hands. But in the West, we usuallydon’t pay much attention to that.Betty: That ’s interesting!I ’m interested to know all the Chinese traditions. Tell me more.Lingling: There are a lot. For example, in my home town, people sayyou mustn’t do any cleaning on the first day of the Spring Festival. And you mustn’t break anything.It ’s bad luck!Daming: You must only use red paper for hongbao because red means lu ck. And you’d better not cut your hair during the Spring Festival m onth.Daming: And in the north of China, people eat lots of jiaozi!Betty: Perfect! They taste great.Tony: I like eating jiaozi too. Anyway, the Spring Festival is still over a month away. Let’s celebrate Lingling’s birthday first!学习参考好帮手Unit 2 In England you usually drink tea with milk.My experiences in England. I went to England last year. I enjoyed my stay, and I noticed something interesting with the English wayof life.For example, you must say Mr or Mrs when you meet someone f or the first time. When you get to know each other better or when they ask you to, you can just use their first names.One day we visited some friends and had afternoon tea together. Af ternoon tea is not just a drink but a light meal at around 4 pm.Weate sandwiches and a large fruit cake.In England you usually drink tea with milk.So I tried to drink teawith milk too.Fish and chips is the traditional food in England. You can buy it and eat it in special fish and chip shops on the high street, or you can take it away and eat it with your fingers. It is delicious!At the bus stop you must not push your way onto the bus.You need to stand in a line behind the other people and wait your turn.So metimes people are slow to get on the bus.Once I noticed a gentleman touch a young man on the shoulder, smil e politely and say,“Excuse me! Are you waiting for thisbus?” Hewas really polite.Module 12 HelpUnit1 What should we do before help arrives?Ms James: This mornings class is about first aid, or giving someo ne basic medical help. Let’s imagine an accident. A boy is lying at the bottom of the stairs. He isn’t moving or making a sound. He is in pain. What can we do to help hi m? Betty: First of all, find out what’s wrong with him.Ms James: How do we do that?Betty: Ask him.Ms James: Ok. But he could have trouble hearing you or speakingto you.学习参考好帮手Lingling: Shout for help? Call 120?Ms James: Good idea, but what should we do before help arrives? Tony: Make him comfortable.Ms James: And how can we do that?Tony: Lift him up and sit him on a chair?Ms James: No, that could be harmful! You could drop him and hurt him even more. Betty, you must know! You did some basic medical trainin g.Betty: Make sure he’s warm. Cover him with a coat.Ms James: That ’ s such good advice that you could be a doctor, Betty!Unit 2 Stay away from windows and heavy furniture.What to do in an earthquakeEarthquakes always happen suddenly, so it is difficult to warn peo ple about them.Usually people have little or no idea about what to do during an ear thquake, so here is some advice. Inside Do not jump out of high buil dings. Hide under a table. Stay away from windows and heavy furnitur e. Keep clear of fires. Leave the building quickly when the ground s tops shaking, but do not use the lift.Keep calm, especially when you are with other people. Be brave and be helpful.Outside Move away from buildings, because parts of a buildingma y fall on you. Do not stand near street lights or under power lines. Stay away from bridges and trees. If you are in a bus or car, stayin it.In the mountains, be careful of falling rocks.On a beach, run away from the sea and move quickly to higher ground.In short, follow what you learnt in school. You can be safe andy ou can also help save others学习参考好帮手。

外研版八年级上册英语课文电子版(全册)-初中8年级外研版英语课本电子版.doc

外研版八年级上册英语课文电子版(全册)-初中8年级外研版英语课本电子版.doc

Module 1 How to learn EnglishUnit 1 Let’s try to speak English as much as possible.Ms James: Welcome back, everyone! Today, we’re going to talk about good ways to learn English. Ready? Who has some advice?Lingling: We should always speak English in class.Ms James: Good! Let’s try to speak English as much as possible.Daming: Why not write down the mistakes in our notebooks?Ms James: That’s a good idea. And don’t forget to write down the correct answers next to the mistak es. What else?Lingling: It’s a good idea to spell and pronounce new words aloud every day.Ms James: Thanks a lot, Lingling. How about listening to the radio?Lingling: Yes, that’s good for our pronunciation too. But there are so many new word. Ms James: Y ou don’t need to understand every word. You just need to listen for key words and main ideas. Daming: That’s the same for reading. English stories are so interesting. I get to know a lot about the world through reading.Lingling: I think writing is also important. Why don’t we try to find some English pen friends? We can write to them. Ms James: Excellent! I agree with you.Unit 2 You should smile at her!Send your questions to Diana, the Language Doctor.Many students ask for advice about how to improve their English. Here are three basic questions. The first question is about understanding English films and songs. Li Hao from Hubei wrote, “I li ke watching English films and listening to English songs, but I can only understand a little. What ca n I do?”Watching films and listening to songs are great way to learn English! Watch and listen several tim es, and guess the meaning of the new words. Each time you will learn something new. I also advise you to talk about the films or songs with your friends.The second question is about speaking. Wang Fan from Jilin wrote, “Our school has a teacher fro m the US. I am shy and I am afraid to speak to her. What should I do?”You can say, “Hello! How are you?”“Do you like China?” These are good ways to start a conversat ion. And before you begin, you should smile at her! Remember this: Do not be shy. Just try.The third question is about vocabulary. Zhang Lei from Anhui wrote, “I write down new words, but I forget them quickly. How can I remember them?”Do not worry. It is natural to forget new words! I suggest you write four or five words a day on piec es of paper and place them in your room. Read the words when you see them, and try to use them. Module 2 My home town and my countryUnit 1 It’s taller than many other buildings.Tony: Hey, Daming! How was your weekend?Daming: Pretty good! I went to Shenzhen.Tony: Where’s Shenzhen?Daming: Well, it’s on the coast near Hong Kong. It was a small village about thirty years ago, but to day it’s a very big city.Tony: So it’s a newer city than Hong Kong?Daming: Yes, it’s a newer city. In fact, it only became important in the 1980s.It’s getting bigger and busier. Some day it will become as busy as Hong Kong, I’m sure.Tony: What’s the population of Shenzhen?Daming: It’s over ten million, I think. That’s larger than the population of many other cities in Chin a. Its streets are much wider and cleaner too. I think it’s a beautiful city.Tony: I’d like to go to there one day.Daming: Remember to visit the Diwang Tower. It’s taller than many other buildings in Shenzhen.Unit 2 Cambridge is a beautiful city in the east of England.Cambridge, London and EnglandBy Tony SmithI come from Cambridge, a beautiful city in the east of England. It is on the River Cam and has a population of about 120,000. My home is especially famous for its university. Many famous people studied here, such as Isaac Newton and Charles Darwin. There are lots of old buildings and church es to visit. Students and tourists enjoy trips along the river by boat.Cambridge is 80 kilometres from London. London is in the south of England and it is on the Riv er Thames. It has a population of about seven and a half million, so it is bigger and busier than Cam bridge. It is about 2,000 years old, and it is famous for Big Ben, Buckingham Palace and Tower Bri dge.England itself is a part of an island, and you are always near the sea. The small villages and bea ches on the coast are popular for holidays. Tourists like the areas of low and beautiful lakes in the n orth, and the hills and pretty villages in the south. Everywhere in England you will notice how gree n the countryside is.It is never very hot in summer or very cold in winter. So come and see England any time of the ye ar, but bring an umbrella with you. You will need it most days.Module 3 SportsUnit 1 Nothing is more exciting than playing tennis.Daming: Hey, Tony. Come and watch the football match on TV.Tony: OK. What’s the score?Daming: Spain scored a minute ago.Tony: Wow! That’s fast!Daming: That’s right. Last week the match on TV was so boring because no one scored at all. So thi s week’s match is already more exciting.Betty: What’s the matter with you, Tony? You look tired.Tony: I’m really tired after last night’s tennis match. And I hurt my knee.Daming: That’s too bad! Sit down and watch the match. It’s safer than playing tennis.Betty: Yes, watching is not sure about that. Nothing is more relaxing too!Tony: Well, I’m not sure about that. Nothing is more enjoyable than playing tennis.Betty: But you enjoyed watching the Olympics on TV, right?Tony: Yes, but that’s because it was cheaper than buying tickets for all the games.Daming: And staying at home was easier than going to the stadium. Oh, look at that!Tony: Oh, he missed! Oh, bad luck!Daming: Never mind. There’s still plenty of time for them to score.Unit2 This year we practice more carefully.Training hardBy Li Daming It is Saturday tomorrow, but I am going to school. I am not going for lessons, but to play football. I am in our school team and we are going to play against another sch ool next week. The practice starts at 10 am. We all arrive as early as we can so that w e have time to warm up. We are training harder than usual because the other team bea t us last year. This year we want to do better.It is more difficult to practise in winter because the days are short and the weather is cold too. It gets dark earlier, so it is important not to be late for after-school practic e.Our coach is pleased because we are playing better as a team now. Last year we w ere sometimes careless when we passed the ball and we lost to the other team in the fi nal match. What a pity! This year we practise more carefully. That means we have a b etter chance of winning.The fan club has fewer people this year. We hope to play well so that we have mo re fans to watch the matches. It is good to have our fans around. They cheer us on lou dly and we feel more confident to win the game.Module 4 Planes, ships, and trainsUnit1 He lives the farthest from schoolBetty: I was late for school today.Mum: Why? What happened?Betty: I took the bus. There was a road accident, and the traffic was very heavy. But n obody was late, except me. Maybe I should go to school by taxi.Mum: It’s the most comfortable way, but it’s also the most expensive.Betty: Then what about going by bike?Mum: That’s a good choice, but it’s a bit dangerous. There’s so much traffic. Betty: But most of my classmates ride bikes, and it’s quite safe. Don’t worry. I’ll be c arefull.Mum: How does Tony go to school?Betty: He lives the farthest from school, so he takes the underground.Mum: And what about Lingling?Betty: Her home is the closest to school, so she walks.Mum: How about Daming?Betty: He goes by bus too, the same as me. But it’s so crowded! And the traffic is hea vy.Mum: All right. You can ride your bike to school, but remember to be careful all the ti me.Unit2 What is the best way to travel?Question: What is the best way to travel from London to Amsterdam.I am planning to travel from London to Amsterdam. How long does the journey ta ke and what is the best way to travel? Could you please tell me about the trains or shi ps to get there? The more information, the better. Thanks!Best answer: There are four ways to travel.A journey by train is more relaxing than by coach, but a lot more expensive. When you go by train, buy your ticket a long time before you travel. It is usually cheaper.You can go by car and by ship across the North Sea. This is the most comfortable way to travel but also the most expensive. Book your ticket before you book your hot el. Remember that parking in Amsterdam is very expensive, so stay outside the city c entre and travel in by bus or by train.The third choice is by coach. This is usually the cheapest, but in summer the coach es sometimes get crowded! And it takes you about twelve hours to get there. However , it will not cost as much as going by train.Finally, you can fly. It is the fastest and the second cheapest, but you may have to wait for hours at the airport because of bad weather.Well, I hope this helps! Have a great trip.Module 5 Lao She TeahouseUnit 1 I wanted to see the Beijing Opera.Listen and readBetty: Lingling and I went to Lao She Teahouse last night.Tony: How was it?Betty: It was great! You know, I wanted to see Beijing Opera, so Lingling offered to t ake me there. We drank tea and watched an opera.Tony: Did you understand the opera?Betty: No, it was difficult to understand the words. But the actors and actress were ex cellent.Tony: How long did you stay?Betty: We only planned to watch for an hour, but in the end, we stayed for three hour s.Tony: Did you enjoyed it?Betty: Well, it was interesting---that’s the main thing. I hope to understand more next time.Tony: Do you often go to see Beijing Opera, Lingling?Lingling: No, I don’t. I wanted to take Betty to the teahouse because it’s famous. Tony: Who is Lao She? Betty: No idea. Ask Lingling.Lingling: Lao She is a great writer. He’s especially famous for his play Teahouse.Unit 2 It describes the changes in Chinese society.2 Read the passage and match the heading with the paragraphs.a) Lao She Teahouseb)The Story of Teahousec)Lao She1Teahouse is one of Lao She’s most famous plays. He wrote it in 1957. The play has three acts and shows the lives of common people in China from the end of the nin eteenth century to the middle of twentieth century. It tells us the story of Wang Lifa a nd the customers of his teahouse in Beijing. It describes the changes in Chinese societ y over fifty years around the beginning of the twentieth century.2Lao She was born in Beijing in 1899. His mother sent him to a teacher’s school i n 1913. After finishing school in 1918, he became a head teacher of a primary school. In 1924 Lao She left home and went to England. He taught Chinese at a college in L ondon and returned to China five years later. He wrote many plays, novels and short s tories about people’s lives, and was named “the People’s Artist”. Lao She is one of the greatest Chinese writers of the twentieth century.3At Lao She Teahouse today, customers can drink tea and eat delicious Beijing fo od. If you like the Beijing Opera, traditional music or magic shows, you can enjoy the m at the teahouse. Lao She Teahouse gives a warm welcome to everyone from all ove r the world.Module 6 Animals in dangerUnit 1 It allows people to get closer to them.Listen and read(Lingling and Betty are leaving the zoo)Lingling: Did you like the zoo?Betty: Yes! I saw the pandas at last! But I am more interested to see the pandas in the Wolong Panda Reserve, because it allows people to get closer to them.Lingling: It’s sad to think of the pandas and other animals in danger.Betty: We need to protect them better.Lingling: Yes, Many wild animals don’t have a safe place to live, because villages and farms are growing bigger and are taking away their land and forests.Betty: Also, often there isn’t enough clean water, because we’ve made it dirty. I think we all need to help animals live in peace. Look, there’s a notice.Lingling: It says,“Help! We want to save animals in danger, and we need your help.”Betty: But what can we do?Lingling: It says,“Your money pays to look after the animals.”That means we can giv e money to help protect the animals.Betty: Maybe we can raise some money at school. Let’s find out what else we can do to save as many animals as possible.Unit 2 The WWF is working hard to save them all.2 Read the passage and match the heading with the paragraphs.a)Nature parks for pandasb) WWF And animals in dangerc) The panda’s homed) An animal in danger1Pandas are in danger. There are only about 1,600 pandas living in the wild today. Zoos and research centres are looking after about 340 pandas. Pandas do not have m any babies, and baby pandas often die. The situation is getting very difficult. Scientist are doing a lot of research to help pandas produce more babies and help baby pandas live.2Pandas live in the forests and mountains of Southwest China. Each panda needs to eat a lot of bamboo every day. The bamboo forests are getting smaller, so pandas are losing their home. And there are not many pandas left.3In order to protect pandas in the wild, the government is setting up nature parks and developing other plans. The nature parks will be big and there will be more bamb oo to feed the pandas. Pandas born in zoos may go back to live in the nature parks.4The World Wild Fund for Nature (WWF) wants to protect all animals. And it cho se the panda to be its symbol. We do not want to lose tigers, elephants, or any other a nimals, so the WWF is working hard to save them all.Module7 A famous storyUnit1 Alice was sitting with her sister by the river.Tony: Hi,Lingling!Lingling: Ssh! I’m reading.Tony: Sorry! What’s the book about?Lingling: It’s about a girl called Alice. One day, Alice was sitting with her sister by the river and she saw a white rabbit with a watch. It ran past.Tony: Why was it running? Lingling: Because it was late. Tony: And where was it goi ng?Lingling: To see the Queen of Hearts. Alice followed it and fell down a hole in the ground.Tony: Yes! Then she saw the Cheshire Cat. It was sitting in a tree and smiling at ever yone.Lingling: Then Alice arrived at the March Hare’s house. He was sitting with the Mad Hatter and a mouse. They were having a tea party in the garden.Tony: And then Alice met the Queen of Hearts. She was playing a strange game!Lingling: Do you already know the book?Tony: Yes, It’s Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland. Everyone in Britain knows the stor y.Lingling: Then why did you ask me all those questions?Tony: To see if you remember the story! Ha ha….U2 She was thinking about her cat.Alice was sitting with her sister by the river and her sister was reading a book. A lice had nothing to do. Once or twice she looked into her sister’a book. “And what is a book for,” thought Alice,”without pictures or conversations?” Suddenly a white rab bit with pink eyes ran by.There was nothing strange about that. She heard the rabbit say, “O h dear! Oh dea r! I’ll be late!” and she did not think it was strange. Then the rabbit took a watch out o f its pocket and looked at it. A rabbit with a pocket and a watch. Alice got up and ran across the field after it. She saw it go down a large rabbit hole in the ground.Then Alice went down after it, but never thought about how she was going to ge t out again. She found that she was falling down a very, very deep hole. It was too dar k for her to see anything. She was falling for a long time. While she was falling, she was thinking about her cat, Dinah. Suddenly she landed on some dry leaves…Module 8Unit1 while the lights were changing to red ,a car suddenly appearedBetty: Good morning, Ms James! You look pale. Are you all right?Ms James: Im OK, but I saw an accident. A boy was riding his bike and listening to music on the road.Daming: That’s very dangerous!Ms James: I was waiting to cross the road. While the lights were changing to red, a ca r suddenly appeared round the corner. It wasn’t going fast, but it didn’t stop. Lingling: Did the boy stop?Ms James: No. And the driver was talking on his mobile phone.Betty: So did the car hit the boy?Ms James: No, I’m glad to say. The car stopped just in time, but the boy fell off his bi ke and hurt his knee.Tony: That’s too bad.Ms James: So when youre on your bike, think about the risk of an accident! Pay atte ntion, stop at the red lights and…..what else?Betty: Don’t ride too fastDaming : Don’t ride side by side with your friends.All: Don’t listen to music!Unite 2One day, when Henry was working in a restaurant, a snake suddenly appeared and bit his hand. A few days earlier, the snake arrived from Asia in a box of bananas. It c limbed out and hid somewhere.“I was trying to pick it up when it bit me again. I threw it across the kitchen, an d it landed on a table.’’While the snake was lying on the table, Henry quickly picked up his mobile phon e and took a photo with it. Then the snake hid behind the fridge When Henry was try ing to find the snake, his hand began to hurt badly. He hurried to hospital. As the do ctors were checking him, the pain got worse . But they could not help him because t hey did not know what kind of snake bit him.As he was lying there in great pain, Henry suddenly remembered the photo. The doctors sent the photo to a zoo. As soon as they learnt what kind of snake bit him, th ey gave Henry the right medicine and he left hospital the next day.“So if a snake bites you, take out your mobile phone or camera. Take its photo, an d show the photo to the doctors ‘’, suggests Henry.“But as you know, the snake won’t smile!”Module 9 PopulationUnit1 the population of China is about 1.37 billionBetty: What are you doing?Tony: I’m preparing some notes for a report called “Our growing population.”Lingling: Well, w e re in the right place to talk about that! Beijing is a huge city with a big population that causes a lot of problems, such as too much traffic and noise. Betty: Its not only Beijing. Population increase is a big problem in many countries. D o you know how many babies are born every minute in the world?Tony: No. Can you tell me?Betty: Over 250! That makes over 131.4 million births a yearLingling: I can’t believe it!Betty: The population of China is about 1.37 billion. Thats almost one fifth of the wor ld’s population, that is, about 7 billion.Tony: Hang on a minute! I’ll write that down too!Betty: But in the future, Chinas population wont grow so fast, because families are ge tting smaller.Lingling: How do you know all this?Betty: I wrote my report yesterday!Tony: Great, thanks! Now I can write my report!Unit 2Jo is fifteen and lives in Parkville.When Jo’s grandparents first came to Parkville, it was a quiet village. They had a small house. Close to fields md hills. Parkville was near Arnwick, a city with 200,00 0 people. People from Parkville moved to Armwick to find jobs. And they needed p laces to live.However, it was expensive to live in the city centre, so the government built flats o utside the centre. Soon, Parkville became part of Arnwick.And Arnwick became a ci ty with over a million people. Jo’s family lives in one of those flats. It is very crowde d, and rubbish is also a problem.The small local school in Parkville closed down five years ago, so Jo now has to g o to a school in Arnwick with 2,000 pupils. It takes an hour to get there by bus. There is a lot of traffic and pollution. It is clear that Arnwick needs more schools, buses and hospitals. It needs fresh air clean water and better public services. It also needs mor e police to protect its people. But to do all these things, it needs more money. However, can money help solve all these problems? Do we need more big cities l ike this? In fact, this is just a story. In fact, this is just a story.But it describes what is happening all over the world. Could it be your town some day?Module 10 The weatherUnit 1 It might snowBetty: Hey, boys!Tony: Hi, Betty. Hi, Lingling, Where are you going?Betty: We’re going to the park to skate, There’s thick ice on the lake, Are you comin g with US?Tony: Are you joking? It’s really cold today.Daming: And it’s cloudy too so it might snow.Lingling: What’s the temperature?Tony: It’s between minus eight and minus two degrees! Winter is colder here than i E ngland.Daming: Is it snowy in England in December?Tony: Not usually, although this year it snowed quite a lot, Most Decembers are we a nd rainy.Daming: What’s the weather like in America in winter, Betty?Betty: We have cold winters and hot summers. It’s snowy in New York in winter. Tony: Sounds great ! I like sunny weather, and I like snow as well. But I don’t like sh owers or windy weather.Betty: Me neither, Rainy weather is terrible! I wish I were in Australia now, It’s Proba bly sunny and hot there.Lingling: You can go to Hainan lsland if you like sunny weather.Betty: One day I will.Lingling: Come on, better get going! We can skate in the park and get warm.Unit 2 The weather is fine all year round.The US is a very big country.It is about 3,000 miles from the east coast to the west coast, so choose carefully the places to see and the time to go. Bring a map because you may want to travel aroun d. New York and Washington D.C. are good places to visit in May or October, but in winter there is a lot of snow.The best time to visit New England is in September.The weather gets cooler, and the green leaves start to turn gold, then brown. Brin g your camera so you can take photos of the autumn trees.California is on the Pacific coast, and the weather is fine all year round. Take your swimming clothes because y ou might want to go swimming in the sea, even in December.In Seattle, in the northwest, it is not very cold but it rains a lot, so bring an umbrell a.In Alaska the days are long and warm in summer, but may be cool in the evening. In winter, Alaska can be very very cold. If you want to visit Alaska, you had better go i n summer. Do not forget to bring a warm sweater with you.In Texas and the southeast, it is usually very hot and sunny compared to other plac es. There are storms from time to time in summer and autumn.So when is the best time to visit the US? Any time you like!Module 11 Way of lifeUnit 1 In China, we open a gift laterBetty: Happy birthday, Lingling.Daming: Here’s your gift.Lingling: Oh, you remembered! What a surprise!Tony: You can open it!Lingling: I don’t think I should open it now. In China, we open a gift later.Betty: But back in the US, we open a gift immediately.Lingling: So what do I do?Betty: You needn’t wait!(Lingling opens her present and finds a dictionary.)Lingling: Oh, thank you. I really wanted one.Betty: We’re happy you like it.Tony: I noticed another difference. In China, you accept a gift with both hands. But in the West, we usually don’t pay much attention to that.Betty: That’s interesting! I’m interested to know all the Chinese traditions. Tell me m ore.Lingling: There are a lot. For example, in my home town, people say you mustn’t do any cleaning on the first day of the Spring Festival. And you mustn’t break anything. It’s bad luck!Daming: You must only use red paper for hongbao because red means luck. And you’d better not cut your hair during the Spring Festival month.Daming: And in the north of China, people eat lots of jiaozi!Betty: Perfect! They taste great.Tony: I like eating jiaozi too. Anyway, the Spring Festival is still over a month away. Let’s celebrate Lingling’s birthday first!Unit 2 In England you usually drink tea with milk.My experiences in England. I went to England last year. I enjoyed my stay, and I noticed something interesting with the English way of life.For example, you must sayMr or Mrs when you meet someone for the first time. When you get to know each ot her better or when they ask you to, you can just use their first names.One day we visited some friends and had afternoon tea together. Afternoon tea is n ot just a drink but a light meal at around 4 pm. We ate sandwiches and a large fruit c ake.In England you usually drink tea with milk.So I tried to drink tea with milk too. Fish and chips is the traditional food in England. You can buy it and eat it in special fi sh and chip shops on the high street, or you can take it away and eat it with your finge rs. It is delicious!At the bus stop you must not push your way onto the bus. You need to stand in a line behind the other people and wait your turn. Sometimes people are slow to get o n the bus.Once I noticed a gentleman touch a young man on the shoulder, smile politely and say, “Excuse me! Are you waiting for this bus?” He was really polite.Module 12 HelpUnit1 What should we do before help arrives?Ms James: This mornings class is about first aid, or giving someone basic medical help. Let’s imagine an accident. A boy is lying at the bottom of the stairs. He isn’t moving or making a sound. He is in pain. What can we do to help him?Betty: First of all, find out what’s wrong with him.Ms James: How do we do that?Betty: Ask him.Ms James: Ok. But he could have trouble hearing you or speaking to you.Lingling: Shout for help? Call 120?Ms James: Good idea, but what should we do before help arrives?Tony: Make him comfortable.Ms James: And how can we do that?Tony: Lift him up and sit him on a chair?Ms James: No, that could be harmful! You could drop him and hurt him even more. B etty, you must know! You did some basic medical training.Betty: Make sure he’s warm. Cover him with a coat.Ms James: That’s such good advice that you could be a doctor, Betty!Unit 2 Stay away from windows and heavy furniture.What to do in an earthquakeEarthquakes always happen suddenly, so it is difficult to warn people about them. Usually people have little or no idea about what to do during an earthquake, so here is some advice. Inside Do not jump out of high buildings. Hide under a table. Stay awa y from windows and heavy furniture. Keep clear of fires. Leave the building quickly when the ground stops shaking, but do not use the lift.Keep calm, especially when yo u are with other people. Be brave and be helpful.Outside Move away from buildings, because parts of a building may fall on you. Do not stand near street lights or under power lines. Stay away from bridges and tree s. If you are in a bus or car, stay in it.In the mountains, be careful of falling rocks.On a beach, run away from the sea and move quickly to higher ground.In short, follow what you learnt in school. You can be safe and you can also help save others。

外研版八年级上册电子版课文

外研版八年级上册电子版课文

Module 1 How to learn English Unit 1 Let’s try to speak English as much as possible. 让我们尽可能多地讲英语同学们,欢迎回来!Welcome back, everyone! 今天,我们打算谈论一下学习英语的好方法。

Today, we’re going to talk about good ways to learn English. 准备好了吗Ready 谁有一些建议Who has some advice 在课堂上我们应该总是讲英语。

We should always speak English in class. 好!让我们尽可能多地讲英语。

Good! Let's try to speak English as much as possible. 为什么不在我们的笔记本上记下错误呢Why not write down the mistakes in our notebooks 那是个好主意,而且不要忘记在错误旁边写上正确的答案。

还有其他的什么吗That’s a good idea. And don’t forget towrite down the correct answers next to the mistakes. What else 每天大声拼读生词是一个好主意。

It’s a good idea to spell and pronounce new words aloud every day. 非常感谢你,玲玲。

听广播怎么样 Thanks a lot, Lingling. How about listeningto the radio 是的,那也有益于我们的发音。

但有很多生词。

Yes, that’s good for our pronunciation too. But there are so many new words. 你们不必理解每个单词(的含义)。

  1. 1、下载文档前请自行甄别文档内容的完整性,平台不提供额外的编辑、内容补充、找答案等附加服务。
  2. 2、"仅部分预览"的文档,不可在线预览部分如存在完整性等问题,可反馈申请退款(可完整预览的文档不适用该条件!)。
  3. 3、如文档侵犯您的权益,请联系客服反馈,我们会尽快为您处理(人工客服工作时间:9:00-18:30)。

Module 1 How to learn English
Unit 1 Let’stry to speak English as much as possible.
Ms James: Welcome back, everyone! Today, we’re going to talk about g ood ways to learn English. Ready Who has some advice
Lingling: We should always speak English in class.
Ms James: Good! Let’stry to speak English as much as possible. Daming: Why not write down the mistakes in our notebooks
Ms James: That’s a good idea. And don’tforget to write down the correct answers next to the mistakes. What else
Lingling: It’s a good idea to spell and pronounce new words aloud e very day.
Ms James: Thanks a lot, Lingling. How about listening to the radio Lingling: Yes, that’sgood for our pronunciation too. But there are so many new word. Ms James: You don’tneed to understand every word . You just need to listen for key words and main ideas.
Daming: That’sthe same for reading. English stories are so interesti ng. I get to know a lot about the world through reading.
Lingling: I think writing is also important. Why don’twe try to fi nd some English pen friends We can write to them. Ms James: Excellen t! I agree with you.
Unit 2 You should smile at her!
Send your questions to Diana, the Language Doctor.
Many students ask for advice about how to improve their Englis h. Here are three basic questions.
The first question is about understanding English films and son gs. Li Hao from Hubei wrote, “Ilike watching English films and lis tening to English songs, but I can only understand a little. What ca n I do”
Watching films and listening to songs are great way to learn English! Watch and listen several times, and guess the meaning of the new words. Each time you will learn something new. I also advise y ou to talk about the films or songs with your friends.
The second question is about speaking. Wang Fan from Jilin wro te, “Our school has a teacher from the US. I am shy and I am afr aid to speak to her. What should I do”
You can say, “Hello!How are you”“Do you like China”These are good ways to start a conversation. And before you begin, you should smile at her! Remember this: Do not be shy. Just try.
The third question is about vocabulary. Zhang Lei from Anhui wrote, “Iwrite down new words, but I forget them quickly. How can I reme mber them”
Do not worry. It is natural to forget new words! I suggest you writ。

相关文档
最新文档